译林版小学英语《练习与测试》听力材料和参考答案

网友回答

Unit 1 The lion and the mouse
第一课时
一、 1. There was a mouse in a forest. 2. I wake my brother up every day.
3. Don’t bite the pencil. 4. The bag is on the ground. 5. I reach the ball.
(1. B 2. B 3. C 4. B 5. C)
二、 1. He was very large and strong. 2. He is too excited and he hits the ball hard. 3. The lion was very angry and wanted to eat the mouse. 4. The mouse made a big hole in the net with his teeth. 5. He’s a happy boy. He laughs happily.
(1. large, strong 2. excited, hits 3. angry, wanted 4. made, teeth 5. happy, happily)
三、1. bit 2. said 3. let 4. woke 5. took 6. asked 7. brought 8. made 9. caught
10. had
四、1. loudly 2. was 3. are singing, happily 4. caught 5. are going to watch
五、l. B 2. C 3. C 4. A 5. C 6. A 7. B 8. C
第二课时
一、 1. Did your father go to work yesterday? 2. What are you going to do?
3. Give you a red packet. 4. Who woke the lion up? 5. Whose schoolbag is this?
(1. A 2. C 3. B 4. C 5. B)
二、 1. The children are talking quietly. 2. The small boy became happy.
3. You’re so small and weak. 4. How can I get out? 5. One day, a mouse woke the lion up.
(1. quietly 2. happy 3. small, weak 4. out 5. woke)
三、 1. happily 2. flew 3. happy 4. weak 5. whose 6. let
四、 1. Two men caught the lion with a large net. 2. Dad took him to an office in the shopping centre. 3. He pours some water into the hole. 4. How can you help me? 5. Just then, I saw an old woman.
五、 1. Who 2. Did 3. How 4. What 5. How many
六、 1. in 2. through 3. for 4. out 5. with 6. on
第三课时
一、 1. One day, a lion caught a mouse. How was the lion? 2. What is Tim going to do? 3. Who do you want to write to? 4. Do you watch TV at night, Su Hai and Su Yang?
5. Look, Sam pours the water into the hole.
(1. B 2. B 3. A 4. B 5. B)
二、 One day, a weak mouse walked by and woke the lion up. The lion was very angry and wanted to eat the mouse. The mouse asked the lion to let him go. The next day, the mouse helped the lion with his sharp teeth. From then on, they became friends.
(weak, woke, angry, eat, asked, next, helped, sharp, became)
三、 1. laugh loudly 2. From then on 3. in the forest 4. is pouring, into 5. walked by
四、 1. quietly 2. with 3. happily 4. How 5. reach
五、 1. Did your mother wake you up this morning? 2. Who became good friends?
3. He made a hole with his teeth. 4. He didn’t let the mouse go. 5. The men caught the lion.
六、1. C 2. A 3. C 4. A 5. C 6. A 7. B 8. C 9. B 10. C
Test for Unit 1
一、 1. Please read English loudly. 2. The lion has sharp teeth. 3. What’s wrong with you? 4. Is the mouse weak? 5. The cinema is next to the park.
(1. B 2. A 3. C 4. A 5. B)
二、 One day, a mouse walked by and woke the lion up. The lion was very angry and wanted to eat the mouse. The mouse asked the lion to let him go. The lion let the mouse go. The next day, the mouse helped the lion.
(2 4 1 3 5)
三、 1. Where is Wang Bing going? 2. Did Helen do her homework last night?
3. How did the mouse help the lion? 4. Can you find the hole?
5. What do you usually do at the weekends?
(1. B 2. B 3. B 4. A 5. C)
四、 Sam and Bobby are playing football happily. Billy and Willy cheer for them loudly. Sam is too excited. But they can’t find the ball later. Finally, they find a hole in the ground. At last, Sam has an idea. He brings some water and pours it into the hole.
(playing, happily, loudly, excited, find, hole, has, brings, water, into)
五、 1. are shouting happily 2. The next day 3. some day/one day 4. in the ground
5. got out
六、 1. sad, sadly 2. let 3. are laughing 4. wake 5. is taking 6. to be 7. some
8. is going to play 9. bit 10. quietly
七、 l. A 2. A 3. B 4. A 5. B 6. C 7. C 8. A
八、 1. C 2. E 3. B 4. F 5. D 6. A
九、 1. Does Ben have any new picture books? Yes, he does. 2. The hole is too deep.
3. The mouse didn’t walk by and wake the lion up. 4. We shouldn’t reuse and save it.
5. Who became friends?
十、 1. are, many, deep 2. Where, forest 3. laughed, loudly, let 4. bit, with 5. looks very sad
十一、1. C 2. B 3. C 4. C 5. B 6. B 7. A 8. C
十二、1. B 2. C 3. A 4. B 5. C 6. A
Unit 2 Good habits
第一课时
一、 1. Can you put your things in order? 2. The boy shouts happily.
3. Please keep your room tidy. 4. Mike goes to bed late. 5. Are there any books on the desk?
(1. A 2. C 3. B 4. A 5. C)
二、 1. Wang Bing gets up late. 2. The girl shouts loudly. 3. I keep my room clean and tidy. 4. The girl runs fast. 5. The man is crying sadly.
(1. F 2. T 3. T 4. F 5. F)
三、l. late 2. right 3. woke 4. messy 5. does 6. always/usually 7. his 8. brushes
9. excitedly 10. strong
四、1. finishes 2. loudly 3. go 4. watches 5. bite
五、1. A 2. B 3. C 4. A 5. C 6. C 7. A 8. C
第二课时
一、 1. What time does your sister get up? 2. What’s the bad habit?
3. Did Bobby see the books? 4. Whose toys are those? 5. Where are you, Mike?
(1. B 2. B 3. A 4. B 5. A)
二、 1. Helen goes to school early every morning. 2. He always keeps his room clean and tidy. 3. I’m not sleepy, I can walk fast. 4. He never goes to bed late. 5. You should put your things in order.
(1. goes, early 2. clean, tidy 3. sleepy, walk 4. never, late 5. put, in order)
三、 Good habits: B C E F H Bad habits: A D G
四、 1. get up late 2. feels sleepy 3. last night 4. do well 5. singing well
五、 1. Do you go to school early? 2. He brushes his teeth before bedtime. 3. He often does his homework at night. 4. You should not go to bed late. 5. We walk slowly in the street.
六、 1. on 2. by, up 3. before/after 4. at 5. into/to 6. on
第三课时
一、 1. Whose room is this? 2. Does Tim go to bed late at night?
3. Where does Su Yang have lunch? 4. What did you do yesterday? 5. How is your room?
(1. A 2. A 3. A 4. A 5. B)
二、 Liu Tao is a good boy. He has many good habits. He gets up early in the morning and never goes to bed late. He brushes his teeth in the morning and before bedtime. At home, Liu Tao often puts his things in order. He usually finishes his homework before dinner.
(has, habits, early, late, brushes, often, order, finishes)
三、1. before 2. always 3. Sometimes 4. walk 5. tidy
四 1. Do they often do their homework in the evening? 2. What time/When does Su Yang get up in the morning? 3. Are the children running slowly? 4. You shouldn’t go to school early. 5. Did your father go to bed late last night?
五、1. C 2. A 3. C 4. C 5. C 6. C 7. A 8. B 9. C 10. C
Test for Unit 2
一、 1. I skate badly. 2. My teacher often goes to school early. 3. My room is clean and tidy. 4. Does your grandfather walk slowly? 5. Helen is also their friend.
(1. B 2. B 3. A 4. C 5. C)
二、 1. Sam doesn’t get up early in the morning. 2. Mike often goes to bed late at night.
3. Does Liu Tao finish his homework on time? No, he always finishes it after dinner.
4. Look, this is my brother’s room. It’s small but clean and tidy.
5. The old man is crying quietly.
(1. T 2. F 3. T 4. T 5. F)
三、 1. Whose room is this? 2. What is he doing now? 3. When do you do your homework? 4. Are you going to play football after school? 5. I can listen to the teacher at school.
(1. A 2. B 3. B 4. C 5. C)
四、 Liu Tao has many good habits. He always puts his things in order. He never goes to school late. He often does his homework on time. He does well at home. He listens to the teacher at school. He keeps his room clean and tidy. He goes to bed early.
(has, puts, never, late, does, well, listens, clean, tidy, early)
五、1. before 2. fast 3. last night 4. brushes her teeth 5. also/always
六、1. happy, happily 2. get 3. are singing 4. go 5. doesn’t listen 6. wasn’t 7. to e 8. play 9. bit 10. quietly
七、1. B 2. C 3. C 4. A 5. C 6. B 7. B 8. A
八、1. F 2. E 3. C 4. B 5. D 6. A
九、1. Do you do well at home? No, we don’t. 2. He never does his homework late at night. 3. What time/When does Nancy get up in the morning? 4. We can’t keep our rooms clean. 5. What does Tom often do at home?
十、2 5 1 4 6 3
十一、 Whose, slowly, puts, clean, tidy
十二、 (A) 1. T 2. F 3. F 4. T 5. T
(B) 1. It’s on the sixth of March. 2. No, she isn’t. 3. They are going to row boats, fly kites and watch an animal show there. 4. His parents and Helen.
Unit 3 A healthy diet
第一课时
一、 1. Do you have a healthy diet? 2. She drinks a little water. 3. He only drinks a little juice. 4. I want to go to the park. What about you? 5. This place is in the west.
(1. C 2. B 3. B 4. A 5. C)
二、 1. Yang Ling usually has some bread for breakfast. 2. She likes eating some fruit.
3. He only drinks a little water. 4. A: Do they often drink water? B: Yes, they do.
5. A: What does she like? B: She likes sweet food.
(1. C 2. A 3. B 4. B 5. C)
三、 1. mangoes 2. only 3. a little/some 4. a lot of 5. fish, heavy
四、 1. He only drinks a little water every day. 2. She has a few eggs at home. 3. Do Sam and Bobby have a healthy diet? 4. He should not drink too much cola. 5. What about lunch and dinner?
第二课时
一、 1. This bag is very heavy. 2. My aunt has a little baby. She is very lovely. 3. She has got a bad toothache. 4. We should have a healthy diet. 5. She only eats hamburger for lunch. (1. A 2. B 3. C 4. A 5. B）
二、 Mike is a schoolboy. He is 11 years old. He likes drinking cola, but he doesn’t like porridge. His father often tells him to eat more fruit just like himself. His father likes eating oranges. They often go to the zoo on Sundays. Mike thinks he is too fat and he wants to keep fit.
(1. T 2. T 3. F 4. F 5. T)
三、 1. too much food 2. In the fridge 3. some cola 4. have a rest 5. having breakfast
6. vegetables 7. some meat 8. a healthy diet 9. much sweet 10. sweet food
四、 1. Do you have a lot of food every day? Yes, I do. 2. Yang Ling doesn’t often have a lot of noodles for breakfast. Does Yang Ling often have a lot of noodles for breakfast? 3. Nancy doesn’t like eating any fruit very much. Does Nancy like eating any fruit very much? What does Nancy like eating very much? 4. Sometimes he also eats an apple.
五、l. B 2. A 3. D 4. C 5. B 6. B 7. A 8. D 9. C 10. A
第三课时
一、 1. She likes eating sweets. 2. Let’s drink some water. 3. She likes eating bread for breakfast. 4. Tom likes eating cereal for breakfast. 5. Don’t shout in the classroom.
(1. A 2. A 3. B 4. B 5. B)
二、 1. Does she like eating sweet food? 2. What’s for your breakfast?
3. How do you feel now? 4. What are you going to do?
(1. A 2. A 3. A 4. C)
三、 1. potatoes 2. healthy 3. sweet food 4. a little 5. with 6. too much 7. bottle
8. going 9. sweet 10. a few
四、 1. Do you want to e with me? I don’t want to e with you. She wants to e with you. 2. There isn’t any food in the fridge. What’s in the fridge? Is there much food in the fridge? there is
五、1. B 2. C 3. B 4. A 5. A
Test for Unit 3
一、 1. We should have a healthy diet. 2. He should eat some fish. 3. There are some vegetables in the basket. 4. He likes eating fish for dinner. 5. Here are some porridge for you. (1. A 2. B 3. C 4. C 5. B)
二、 Nancy is a schoolgirl. She is twelve years old. She likes eating sweet food very much. At school, she only drinks a little water. Sometimes she eats some potatoes. Her parents often take her to KFC to have dinner. I think Nancy should eat more vegetables. It will be good for her health. (1. T 2. T 3. F 4. F 5. T)
三、 In a healthy diet, there is some fruit and vegetables. There is also a little rice and bread. You can have some meat and fish in your meals. You can also have a few eggs every week. Eat only a little sweet food every day.
(healthy diet, some, little, meat, few eggs, week, only, little)
四、1. every day 2. some vegetables 3. porridge 4. for lunch 5. a healthy diet
五、1. mangoes 2. to have 3. a few 4. sweet 5. healthy 6. also 7. some 8. ice creams 9. too 10. meat
六、 1. I don’t want this big fish. Do you want this big fish? What do you want? She wants this big fish. 2. You can also have some apples. 3. They don’t see any rice. What do they see? Do they see any rice? they don’t
七、l. B 2. A 3. C 4. B 5. A 6. B 7. C 8. B 9. C 10. B
八、(A) 1. Yes, he was. 2. He wanted to see a new film. 3. One dollar. 4. Fifty cents.
(B) 1. C 2. B 3. A 4. B 5. C
Unit 4 Road safety
第一课时
一、1. Here’s the green man. 2. Shanghai is a big city. 3. You must look for a zebra crossing. 4. I can’t find a traffic light. 5. You should wait on the pavement.
(1. B 2. B 3. A 4. C 5. B)
二、1. Here is the green man. You can cross the road. 2. The children can play football on the road. 3. The man is waiting on the pavement. 4. There are a few vegetables on the floor.
(1. T 2. F 3. T 4. F)
三、1. mustn’t 2. let 3. saw 4. happily 5. brushes 6. sleepy 7. late 8. can not
四、1．许多繁忙的马路 2．提防汽车 3．在马路上玩耍 4．遵守规则 5．寻找斑马线 6．保持课桌整洁 7．大声读单词 8．一年之计在于春
五、1. B 2. B 3. A 4. B 5. C 6. B 7. A 8. C 9. B 10. B
第二课时
一、 1. I always get up at seven. 2. There are a few eggs in the basket. 3. Now you can cross the road. 4. You must keep the classroom clean. 5. The bus stops again. Some children are crossing the road.
(1. B 2. B 3. B 4. A 5. C)
二、 1. Mum, can I watch TV? 2. How can you go to the park? 3. What must you do on the road? 4. Why is the bus stopping? 5. What can’t we do in the classroom?
(1. B 2. A 3. C 4. A 5. C)
三、 1. look left and right 2. red light 3. playing on the road 4. get to your house
5. Follow the rules 6. talk loudly 7. see/visit my aunt 8. listen to the teacher carefully
9. Sweet food 10. other people
四、l. on 2. in 3. at 4. on 5. for 6. with 7. On 8. to 9. for 10. at, in
五、 1. Please stay safe on the road! 2. The drivers can see you easily./You can see the drivers easily. 3. How can we cross the road safely? 4. You must look at the traffic lights. 5. The birds are singing happily in the tree.
第三课时
一、 1. Did the lion eat the mouse? 2. How do you often go to school? 3. What do you want to buy? 4. Can I have some cola? 5. Why does the bus stop here?
(1. A 2. B 3. C 4. B 5. A)
二、 1. What does Tom usually do before dinner? 2. Let me show you around our house.
3. You should follow the rules. 4. Some tigers are crossing the road.
(1. usually, before 2. show, around 3. should, rules 4. crossing, road)
三、 1. C 2. E 3. A 4. D 5. B
四、 1. to go 2. is 3. drinking, doesn’t 4. goes, sleepy 5. run quickly 6. happily
7. went, met
五、 1. to 2. to 3. for 4. at 5. on
六、 1. Can I play puter games? 2. What must you do in the library?
3. I went to the park yesterday. 4. We mustn’t walk now.
七、 1. Can, watch, can’t, must 2. First, zebra crossing 3. can’t, loudly
八、 1. F 2. T 3. F 4. T 5. F
Test for Unit 4
一、 1. The children are singing happily. 2. I often get up at seven o’clock. 3. My father worked late last night. 4. We should look out for the cars in the street. 5. There are so many flowers in the park.
(1. B 2. C 3. A 4. C 5. A)
二、 1. Are there a lot of vegetables on the desk? 2. What does Su Hai have for lunch? 3. Did you go to bed late last night? 4. Where are you going? 5. You’re really good at table tennis.
(1. B 2. A 3. C 4. B 5. A)
三、 My father is a doctor. He is very busy. Sometimes he goes to the hospital in the evening. But we can play together at the weekend. Sometimes we go hiking in a small village. Sometimes we play football. But we usually stay at home and read some books in the morning. In the afternoon, we often visit my grandparents and we have dinner together. After dinner, we go back home.
(1. T 2. T 3. F 4. F 5. T)
四、 Bobby and Tina want to see their uncle. They take a bus to get there. There are many cars on the road. There is a red light. It means the bus must stop and wait.
(uncle, take, road, light, stop)
五、 1. late 2. strong 3. quietly 4. teeth 5. caught 6. bit 7. getting 8. mustn’t
六、 1. goes to bed late 2. Well done 3. wait for the green man 4. look left and right
5. listen to the teacher carefully 6.在马路的左边 7.找到斑马线 8.保证安全 9. 按顺序 10.太多
七、l. B 2. B 3. A 4. C 5. A 6. C 7. A 8. D 9. C 10. B
八、 1. look 2. to go 3. has 4. is reading 5. finishes 6. woke
九、 1. good, well 2. Whose 3. slowly 4. potatoes, meat 5. habits
十、 1. Can you help me? 2. The cat didn’t eat the mouse just now. 3. Where is he going tomorrow? 4. Don’t read it loudly, please. 5. I walked to school yesterday.
十一、1. C 2. A 3. A 4. C 5. A 6. A 7. D 8. B 9. B 10. C
十二、 (A) 1. B 2. D 3. C 4. D 5. D (B) 1. F 2. T 3. T 4. F 5. T
Project 1 Being a good student
第一课时
一、 1. They do their homework after supper. 2. You can cross the road now. 3. I got up early today. 4. I run slowly. 5. I don’t know the way there.
(1. A 2. A 3. B 4. C 5. B)
二、 1. There’s a red man. We can’t walk now. 2. The boy is singing happily. 3. We must listen to the teacher. 4. We should keep our rooms clean and tidy. 5. Mike has a lot of fruit and vegetables.
(4 1 2 5 3)
三、 1. slowly 2. potatoes 3. woke 4. tidy 5. often/always 6. mustn’t 7. a little
8. finishes 9. excitedly 10. weak
四、 1. watches, does 2. sadly 3. cross 4. little 5. run
五、 1. B 2. A 3. B 4. C 5. A 6. A 7. C 8. B
第二课时
一、 1. What does the red man mean? 2. Are there any vegetables on the table?
3. Does the man run fast? 4. What’s for your breakfast? 5. Would you like some fruit?
(1. A 2. B 3. B 4. A 5. A)
二、 1. I like eating. I have a lot of food every day. 2. He always keeps his room clean and tidy. 3. We mustn’t play football on the road. 4. He often goes to school early. 5. He always makes his room messy.
(1. eating, lot 2. clean, tidy 3. mustn’t, football 4. often, early 5. makes, messy)
三、1. look out for 2. on the pavement 3. too much 4. are singing loudly 5. walked by
四、 1. gets, has 2. run 3. isn’t 4. are crossing 5. quickly 6. some
五、 1. Must I go to the doctor? 2. How do we get to your house? 3. We should put our things in order. 4. He has a lot of rice for lunch. 5. Are you really good at table tennis?
六、 1. on 2. for, before 3. at, on 4. with 5. of 6. for
第三课时
一、 1. Where are my new glasses? 2. Must I cross the road now? 3. What should we do in class? 4. Are there any potatoes in the kitchen? 5. What’s a good habit?
(1. A 2. C 3. A 4. B 5. B)
二、 Amy gets up early and has breakfast every day. She goes to school early. She helps her classmates. She finishes her homework before dinner. She always waits for the green man before she crosses the road. She often eats too many sweets.
(gets, has, helps, finishes, before, always, green, road, often)
三、 1. early 2. wait 3. quickly 4. few 5. clean
四、 1. We mustn’t look at the traffic lights. 2. What does Tim have for breakfast?
3. There are so many cars on the road. 4. How can I get to your house? 5. Did your father wake you up this morning?
五、1. C 2. A 3. C 4. C 5. A 6. B 7. C 8. C 9. B 10. A
Test for Project 1
一、1. You can’t drink too much cola at a time. 2. I don’t know the way there. 3. The dog bit the boy just now. 4. The boy can’t reach the ball. 5. We should listen to the teacher in class. (1. A 2. A 3. B 4.C 5. C)
二、 Su Yang gets up early and has breakfast every day. She goes to school early. She helps her classmates. She finishes her homework before dinner. She always waits for the green man before she crosses the road. She often eats too many sweets.
(1. F 2. T 3. F 4. F 5. F)
三、 1. What must you do on the road? 2. Are there a lot of vegetables? 3. Does your sister have a good diet? 4. What is a bad habit? 5. Did David go to bed late last night?
(1. A 2. A 3. B 4. C 5. B)
四、 John says “Good morning” to his teachers, but he is sometimes late for school. He watches TV after school and does his homework in the evening. He waits for the green man before he crosses the road, but he often runs quickly on the road. He usually eats a lot of meat for lunch and dinner.
(says, sometimes, watches, does, waits, green, road, quickly on, for)
五、 1. always 2. is waiting for 3. at a time 4. a few/some 5. zebra crossing
六、 1. happily 2. potatoes 3. some 4. Does, get 5. goes, didn’t 6. isn’t 7. listen 8. safe 9. caught 10. little
七、 1. C 2. B 3. A 4. C 5. C 6. B 7. A 8. A
八、 1. F 2. B 3. E 4. C 5. D 6. A
九、 1. Do you often do well at home? No, I don’t. 2. Must I look at the traffic lights? 3. How does Nancy feel in the morning? 4. Tom doesn’t often go for a walk in the park.
5. What’s on the table?
十、6 3 5 4 2 1
十一、 1. can’t, crossing 2. mustn’t, on 3. isn’t much 4. puts, in 5. laughing happily
十二、 (A) 1. F 2. T 3. F 4. F 5. F
(B) 1. in a tree 2. A little 3. for 4. in the sky
Unit 5 A party
第一课时
一、 1. We can cross the road now. 2. Here’s the red light. 3. Follow the rules and stay safe on the road. 4. This is Helen speaking. 5. How long are you going to stay there?
(1. A 2. B 3. A 4. B 5. C)
二、 1. When do you get up every day? 2. Where is the milk? 3. How many children are there at the party? 4. What is he doing? 5. Do you like eating snacks?
(1. B 2. C 3. B 4. A 5. A)
三、 1. C 2. D 3. B 4. A
四、 1. C 2. D 3. D 4. D 5. D 6. B 7. C 8. B 9. C 10. A
五、 1. It is Children’s Day this Sunday. 2. Mike is going to buy some snacks and drinks.
3. Here are some balloons for you. 4. Let us have some fun first. 5. What are you going to bring to the party?
六、 1. will have/are going to have 2. went 3. goes, went 4. watch, catch
5. will, do, will watch, catch
第二课时
一、 1. He is looking for a zebra crossing. 2. Please follow me. 3. We’ll have the party tomorrow. 4. My mother wants to buy some new clothes.
(1. B 2. C 3. B 4. C)
二、 1. A: Look at this picture. He is busy. B: What is he going to do? A: He is going to play with dogs. 2. When you go to a Western country, you should take a gift. Don’t arrive too early. You can be a few minutes late.
(1. picture, busy, going to do, play with dogs 2. When, country, gift, too early, few minutes)
三、 1. did, picked 2. flew 3. is going to give/will give 4. am planning 5. will go/is going
四、 1. isn’t 2. won’t 3. Are you going 4. Will you 5. What is, going to do
五、 (A) 1. A 2. C 3. B 4. D 5. C (B) 1. C 2. A 3. A 4. B 5. C
第三课时
一、 1. I look out of the window. 2. I want to be the king. 3. Don’t play football in the street. 4. Let’s play party games. 5. My mother wants to buy snacks.
(1. B 2. A 3. C 4. D 5. A)
二、 1. How many days do we have in a week? 2. Is he good at singing? 3. What is Wang Bing going to do? 4. Where are my shoes? 5. When do you have Art lesson?
(1. C 2. B 3.A 4. B 5. A)
三、1. be 2. buy 3. snacks 4. clothes 5. healthy diet
四、1. B 2. C 3. B 4. A 5. A 6. B 7. A 8. B 9. B 10. B
五、l. D 2. C 3. A 4. A 5. B 6. C 7. A 8. B 9. C 10. D
Test for Unit 5
一、1. I’m busy this week. 2. I want to buy a new sweater. 3. There are some bowls in the cupboard. 4. Listen to the teacher is a good habit. 5. There are a lot of flowers and trees.
(1. B 2. B 3. B 4. B 5. D)
二、 1. Thank you a lot. 2. Can I have your crayon? 3. Is there any fruit in the fridge? 4. Can you go with me? 5. What is six plus nineteen?
(1. A 2. B 3. A 4. C 5. C)
三、1. Tomatoes and carrots are my favourite vegetables. 2. My Aunt is young, but she’s tall. 3. Your eyes are much bigger than my brother’s. 4. A: What are you going to buy for the party? B: Some masks.
(1. Tomatoes, carrots, favourite 2. young, tall 3. eyes, brother’s 4. buy, masks)
四、1. mouse 2. loudly 3. tomorrow 4. late 5. snacks
五、l. is playing 2. get 3. swimming 4. has 5. Mine 6. to have 7. keep 8. to be
9. did, do 10. is flying
六、1. Helen is not going to go skating. 2. Are you going to school at 6:00 tomorrow?
3. Don’t do 4. What else did you do last weekend? 5. The children bring the things to Mike’s house.
七、1. C 2. D 3. A 4. E 5. B
八、1. How many 2. Where 3. When 4. How much 5. What
九、l. C 2. C 3. C 4. B 5. C 6. B 7. C 8. A 9. B 10. C
十、 (A) 1. F 2. T 3.T 4. F 5. T (B) 1. B 2. C 3. B 4. A 5. A
十一、略
Unit 6 An interesting country
第一课时
一、 1. Our country is big and old. 2. My father is reading a magazine. 3. We’re excited for the holiday. 4. People in Australia wele visitors. 5. London is a beautiful city.
(1. A 2. A 3. B 4. B 5. A)
二、 1. We are learning about Australia. 2. Su Yang es from China. 3. I love kangaroos and koalas. 4. Billy will cook dinner for us.
(1. learning, Australia 2. es from 3. kangaroos, koalas 4. will, for)
三、 1. Australian football games 2. es from 3. find out 4. next year 5. to be
四、 1. is cooking 2. will do/am going to do 3. rides, didn’t 4. will visit/are going to visit 5. loudly 6. won’t have/aren’t going to have
五、 1. I will buy some snacks from the supermarket. 2. I want to find out more about Australia. 3. Is the weather sometimes rainy in the UK? 4. You will find many interesting things in Australia. 5. I want to ask an e-friend in Sydney.
六、（一）1. F 2. T 3. T （二）1. A 2. B
第二课时
一、 1. I see a kangaroo in the picture. 2. I’m an Australian girl. 3. I want to find out about America. 4. These are their books.
(1. A 2. D 3. C 4. C)
二、 1. Where are the boys from? 2. Do you look the same? 3. Do you speak English? 4. Who’s the boy over there? 5. Does your mother live in America?
(1. B 2. A 3. A 4. C 5. A)
三、will visit/are going to visit, will send/is going to send, will tell/is going to tell, will go/is going to go, will buy/is going to buy, will help/am going to help, will go/am going
四、 1. B 2. C 3. B 4. A 5. C 6. C
五、 1. Where is the deepest part of the water? 2. Who will take you to Beijing? 3. How is your trip to Xi’an? 4. When will Harry Potter be on? 5. What are you looking for? 6. How long may I keep the book? 7. How many animals did you see in Beijing Zoo?
六、 1. B 2. A 3. C 4. A 5. C 6. B
第三课时
一、 1. The boy is from Australia. 2. I often surf the Internet. 3. Can I have a look?
4. Please follow the rules. 5. My jacket is brown.
(1. A 2. A 3. A 4. B 5. C)
二、 1. Hello! My name is Andy. I’m from Australia. I like China. I want to visit Beijing. Where are you going? 2. They are my friends, David and Tom. They are from different countries. David speaks English. I like talking with them.
(1. Australia, China, visit, Where, going 2. friends, are from, English, talking)
三、 studies, works, teaches, work, says, wants, be, to teach, wants
四、 1. Will he ask 2. Where are you 3. es from England 4. Will we learn about China next week? 5. Do you speak Chinese too?
五、 1. A 2. B 3. C 4. A
Test for Unit 6
一、 1. There are so many books on the desk. 2. Who’s the boy over there? 3. Can you find out about this country? 4. We can learn from each other. 5. Oxford is a beautiful city. (1. B 2. A 3. B 4. A 5. C)
二、 Nancy will go to Sydney next week, so she wants to find out about this city. There are many interesting things there. She likes Australian football games very much. She will stay there for a month.
(1. T 2. F 3. T 4. F 5.T)
三、 1. Where is the Big Ben? 2. Will he go with you? 3. What will you do for him?
4. Whose coat is this? 5. Was there any bread in the fridge?
(1. B 2. A 3. C 4. B 5. A)
四、 Yang Ling will go to Oxford next week. She wants to find out about this city. She goes to the library and looks for books and magazines about it. She finds out many interesting things in Oxford. People in Oxford wele visitors.
(will, next, wants, out, looks, about, many, in, People, visitors)
五、 1. also 2. e-friends 3. next month 4. China 5. parents
六、 1. sadly 2. to find 3. some 4. Did, go 5. will drive 6. isn’t 7. put 8. jogs
9. potatoes 10. a little
七、l. C 2. B 3. C 4. A 5. A 6. B 7. A 8. A
八、l. D 2. F 3. E 4. C 5. A 6. B
九、 1. I washed clothes last night. 2. Is he making a potato salad? 3. What will Nancy do tomorrow evening? 4. Who gets up at six in the morning? 5. My father won’t go there by bus.
十、2 4 6 1 5 3
十一、 1. cook, for 2. will stay 3. the same country 4. love/like, koalas 5. do
十二、 (A) 1. T 2. T 3. T 4. F 5. F (B) 1. C 2. B 3. C 4. C
Unit 7 Summer holiday plans
第一课时
一、 1. Please open your mouth. 2. How long will you stay here? 3. They will go there by plane. 4. Yang Ling will go to Ocean Park. 5. He’ll go back to London.
(1. B 2. A 3. A 4. B 5. C)
二、 My family and I will visit my grandma and grandpa in London. We will stay there for a month. Yang Ling’s grandparents live in Beijing. She will visit them this summer. She will go there by plane. Su Hai and her family will visit Disneyland and Ocean Park in Hong Kong. Liu Tao will go to Taipei with his parents. He will take some photos and show them after the holiday. ( London, month, grandparents, plane, Disneyland, Ocean Park, Taipei, photos)
三、 1. show me some photos 2. stay there for a month 3. their plans for the summer holiday 4. will go to Hong Kong 5. How long
四、1. well 2. taking 3. is raining 4. will make 5. go 6. will play 7. met 8. sees 9. me 10. have
五、1. D 2. B 3. D 4. C 5. D 6. D 7. B 8. C
第二课时
一、 1. What’s the weather like today? 2. Who do you want to write to? 3. What is Nancy going to do this afternoon? 4. What will you do this Sunday? 5. Is David going to sing a song at the concert?
(1. B 2. A 3. C 4. A 5. A)
二、 1. Summer holiday is ing. We will go travelling. 2. A: What will you do? B: I will stay in London. 3. A: Shall we meet in front of the Bright Theatre? B: OK.
(1. Summer holiday, go travelling 2. will, stay in London 3. in front of)
三、 1. How long will you stay there? 2. My father read a newspaper in the study last night. 3. Where will you go for the holiday? 4. Are you going to Beijing by plane? 5. Will you show me any photos after the holiday? No, I won’t.
四、 1. third 2. went 3. Japanese 4. will go 5. child 6. to buy 7. swimming, skating
8. is, snow
五、 1. C 2. B 3. C 4. C
第三课时
一、 1. Liu Tao will e with me. 2. The children don’t have school today. 3. Ben is going to see a film. 4. They are talking about their plans for the summer holiday. 5. Would you like to join them?
(1. T 2. T 3. F 4. T 5. T)
二、 1. Bobby is talking about his travel plans with Sam. 2. When are they going to visit China？ 3. Helen is excited about my plans. 4. We’ll be busy this summer holiday.
5. He’s going to stay in Taipei for two months.
(1. talking, plans 2. When, visit 3. excited about 4. be busy 5. stay, months)
三、 1. is playing with his toys 2. travel around the world 3. to be a traveller 4. talking about her plans for the summer holiday 5. will visit many places/visited many places
四、 1. Your plan is for the class project. 2. How long will you stay in Beijing?
3. What film are you going to see? 4. There are two tigers and a bear in the zoo.
5. The children are talking about their plans for the summer holiday.
五、l. A 2. A 3. B 4. B 5. A 6. C 7. B 8. B
Test for Unit 7
一、 1. Jack always finishes his homework on time. 2. GijrA 3. My birthday is on the 14th of June. 4. It is Sports Day. 5. That’s wonderful!
(1. C 2. C 3. B 4. B 5. C)
二、 A: Where will you go for the holiday? B: I’ll go back to London. A: How long will you stay there? B: We’ll stay there for a month. What about you? A: I’ll visit my aunt and uncle in Beijing.
(2 5 4 3 1)
三、 1. Whose hair is longer, Su Hai’s or Su Yang’s? 2. Is there a hotel near here?
3. What will you do this summer holiday? 4. Would you like to join us?
5. Where does your e-friend live?
(1. A 2. B 3. C 4. C 5.A)
四、 My family will be busy in the summer holiday. We will visit my grandma and grandpa in Hong Kong. We will stay there for a month. My father will take me to Ocean Park. We will also travel around the world. I think we will be happy this holiday.
( holiday, visit, Hong Kong, stay, month, Ocean, also, around, be happy)
五、 1. third 2. before 3. sunny 4. aunt 5. countries
六、1. flies 2. travelling 3. went 4. will, stay 5. to clean 6. travellers 7. will meet 8. don’t go 9. saw 10. are making
七、1. B 2. D 3. C 4. D 5. D 6. A 7. B 8. B 9. D 10. B
八、 1. books, mine 2. wants to 3. I’ll do my 4. Will you stay
九、1. D 2. A 3. A 4. D 5. C 6. B 7. D 8. B 9. C 10. D
十、 How, Where, do, read, join
十一、 (A) 1. F 2. T 3. F 4. F 5. T (B) 1. B 2. C 3. C 4. B 5. C
十二、略
Unit 8 Our dreams
第一课时
一、 1. I have a dream. 2. I want to be a pianist. 3. Yang Liping is a dancer.
4. Do you want to be an artist? 5. Mike runs fast.
(1. A 2. A 3. B 4. A 5. C)
二、 1. What do you want to be in the future? 2. I want to be a great dancer. 3. He wants to be an astronaut. He would like to fly to the Moon. 4. The doctor usually cares about the children’s teeth. 5. Yang Ling would like to be a pianist. Music makes people happy.
(1. be, future 2. great dancer 3. astronaut, Moon 4. cares about 5. pianist, makes)
三、 1. in the future 2. to be an astronaut 3. healthy and beautiful 4. e true
5. the World Cup
四、 1. am, will go 2. will give 3. will snow 4. Will, be, will visit 5. do, go
五、l. C 2. B 3. A 4. B 5. B 6. C 7. A 8. C 9. C 10. C
第二课时
一、 1. What do you want to be? 2. Are you going to play football?
3. When will you have a party? 4. Why do you want to be an artist? 5. Who is Yao Ming?
(1. A 2. A 3. B 4. A 5. B)
二、 1. The children are talking about their dreams. 2. Nancy wants to be a dancer in the future. 3. I would like to be a scientist, so I must work hard. 4. I want to play football in the World Cup. 5. Dancing makes people healthy and beautiful.
(1. talking, dreams 2. dancer, future 3. scientist, hard 4. World Cup 5. healthy, beautiful)
三、 1. What does Nancy want to be in the future? 2. 1 want to walk on Mars and look at all the stars. 3. My friend wants to fly a spaceship to the Moon. 4. Will he go to cooking school? 5. A policeman should be brave and strong.
四、1. What time/When 2. Where 3. How 4. Does 5. Will
五、1. C 2. B 3. A 4. D 5. D
第三课时
一、 1. What do you want to be in the future? 2. Is Nancy going to play the violin?
3. What will you do this weekend? 4. How long are you going to stay there?
(1. C 2. B 3. C 4. C)
二、 One day, the teacher and the students are talking about their dreams. Mike wants to be a dentist. He wants to take care of children’s teeth. Su Hai wants to be a dancer. Yang Ling wants to be a pianist. Nancy is good at writing. She is going to be a writer. Liu Tao would like to be a football player. Wang Bing would like to be an astronaut.
(dreams, dentist, teeth, dancer, pianist, writing, writer, football player, astronaut)
三、 1. be a, astronaut, future 2. makes, healthy, beautiful 3. Did, go, will, tomorrow
4. likes drawing, wants, an artist 5. dreams e true
四、 1. Do you want to be an astronaut in the future? 2. Who’s going to Nantong this afternoon? 3. He often paints pictures in the park. 4. Bobby won’t read many books.
5. The men will do more sport.
五、 1. C 2. D 3. D 4. B 5. D
Test for Unit 8
一、 1. I want to be a dancer in the future. 2. We all have a dream. 3. The apples on the tree are very nice. 4. Can you hear me? 5. My little sister can’t read or write.
(1. A 2. A 3. B 4. D 5. C)
二、 1. A: What do you want to be in the future, Su Hai? B: I want to be a singer. 2. Willy likes painting, so he wants to be an artist. 3. Jack likes singing. He wants to go to singing school. 4. A: What do you want to do for children, Alan? B: I want to make toys for them. 5. I want to be a dancer because dancing can make people healthy and beautiful.
(1. F 2. F 3. F 4. T 5. T)
三、 1. What do you want to be? 2. What will your brother do? 3. What was in the fridge? 4. Whose shoes are those? 5. How can we get your home?
(1. A 2. C 3. B 4. B 5. A)
四、 Bobby and his friends have their dreams. Bobby wants to be a scientist. He should study hard. He will read many books. Sam wants to be a policeman. He wants to help people. A policeman should be brave and strong. Sam will do more sport. Willy wants to be an artist. He likes painting. He often paints pictures in the park. He will have painting lessons.
(dreams, scientist, should, read, policeman, help, be, more, painting, have)
五、 1. e true 2. about 3. player 4. take care of 5. in the World Cup
六、 1. work 2. wants 3. study 4. singing, to take 5. had 6. wasn’t 7. finishes
8. will wash 9. will go 10. much
七、 1. C 2. B 3. B 4. C 5. B 6. A 7. A 8. B
八、 1. D 2. C 3. E 4. F 5. B 6. A
九、 1. I will do well at home tomorrow. 2. Do you want to play in the World Cup?
3. What does Nancy want to be? 4. There weren’t any potatoes in the kitchen.
5. What is your brother going to do at home tonight?
十、1. C 2. A 3. B 4. B 5. C 6. B 7. A 8. B 9. C 10. B
十一、 (A) 1. F 2. T 3. F 4. T 5. T (B) 1. T 2. T 3. F 4. F 5. T
Project 2 A travel book
第一课时
一、 1. The football match is exciting. 2. We have the same dream. 3. I want to be an artist. 4. I often go for a walk with my parents. 5. There are two visitors in the English Club.
(1. B 2. A 3. A 4. B 5. C)
二、 1. There are so many vegetables and fruit. 2. Happy Children’s Day. 3. A: Which country do you like? B: I like England. 4. A: Where is the woman from? B: She’s from Australia. 5. The girl wants to be a dancer.
(3 4 5 1 2)
三、1. drive 2. hear 3. won’t 4. fast 5. usually/always 6. visitor 7. bit 8. studies
9. happily 10. early
四、 1. to be 2. exciting 3. will go 4. much 5. is running
五、1. C 2. A 3. C 4. B 5. C 6. A 7. C 8. B
第二课时
一、 1. What will you do tomorrow? 2. Which country are the kangaroos and koalas from? 3. Are you going to go to Beijing next week, Su Hai and Su Yang? 4. When are you going to New York? 5. Would you like an ice cream?
(1. A 2. A 3. B 4. B 5. C)
二、 1. I’m going to buy some snacks and drinks for the party. 2. He wants to put on a play at the party. 3. I like Australian football games because they are very exciting. 4. They are talking about their plans. 5. My brother wants to be an astronaut.
(1. snacks, drinks 2. play at 3. Australian, exciting 4. talking about 5. be, astronaut)
三、 1. take care of 2. football players 3. to travel around the world 4. are laughing loudly 5. Children’s Day
四、 1. finishes 2. won’t play 3. isn’t 4. is crossing 5. quietly 6. caught
五、1. What do you want to be in the future? 2. Will he stay there for a month?
3. He wants to find out about cooking. 4. The children bring their things to my house.
5. We can cross the road with other people.
六、 1. in 2. for, before 3. in 4. with 5. for 6. for 7. of
第三课时
一、 1. What are your parents going to do next week? 2. Can you e and help me?
3. How does Tom feel now? 4. Are there any sweets in your pocket？
5. Which country is the Big Ben in?
(1. A 2. B 3. A 4. B 5. C)
二、 I know many cities. London is my favourite city. It’s in England. The weather is fine. You’ll see the Big Ben there. This summer, I’m going there with my sister. I hope we will be happy there. (cities, London, England, fine, Big, going, will)
三、 1. about 2. cross 3. plans 4. healthy/happy 5. sadly
四、 1. My cousin doesn’t often do his homework before dinner. 2. What will Tim do next year? 3. The lion could not get out from the net. 4. When did you eat a lot of food?
5. Will your father go to work by car tomorrow?
五、1. C 2. A 3. B 4. B 5. A 6. B 7. A 8. C 9. B 10. C
Test for Project 2
一、 1. There’s few sweets on the table. 2. Sorry, I can’t hear you. 3. I will bring some toys to the party. 4. A dog bit me yesterday. 5. We must look out for cars.
(1. A 2. A 3. B 4. C 5. A)
二、 My friends and I will be busy in the summer holiday. My family and I will visit my grandpa and grandma in July. We will stay there for a month. Yang Ling’s going to live in Beijing. She will visit it this summer. She will go there by plane. Su Hai and her family will visit Disneyland and Ocean Park in Hong Kong.
( 1. F 2. F 3. F 4. T 5. T)
三、 1. Where’s the Big Ben? 2. Is there any juice in the fridge? 3. Will the boy play the piano tomorrow evening? 4. What is Jim going to do tomorrow? 5. How can we go to Beijing?
(1. B 2. C 3. C 4. A 5. A)
四、Mike likes travelling very much. He wants to travel around the world. Australia is his favourite country. He loves kangaroos and koalas. He is a sport lover. He likes Australian football games because they are very interesting. He has many good habits too. He always gets up and goes to bed early. He usually keeps his room clean and tidy. He also has a healthy diet.
(travelling, wants, Australia, lover, interesting, habits, always, early, tidy, also)
五、 1. e true 2. before 3. too much 4. cares about 5. next week
六、 1. loudly 2. tomatoes 3. some 4. Does, go 5. will have 6. aren’t 7. keep
8. washes 9. went 10. little
七、1. C 2. C 3. C 4. B 5. B 6. C 7. A 8. A
八、l. F 2. A 3. B 4. C 5. D 6. E
九、 1. He/She often does well at home. 2. What is he going to do for the party?
3. What will Nancy do tomorrow evening? 4. There is a potato in the kitchen.
5. How is the weather in summer?
十、2 4 6 1 3 5
十一、 1. should take 2. will stay 3. Is, any 4. How long 5. crying sadly
十二、 (A) 1. B 2. C 3. B 4. C 5. B (B) 1. takes 2. quarter 3. went 4. grandson
Final Exam I
一、1. I want to be a dancer. 2. The mouse bit the net with his teeth. 3. We must look right when we cross the road. 4. I feel sleepy. 5. Can you hear me?
(1. B 2. A 3. A 4. A 5. C)
二、 1. What is your mother going to do tomorrow? 2. What do you want to be in the future? 3. Which season do you like best? 4. Must you go now? 5. Would you like to go with me?
(1. A 2. B 3. A 4. C 5. C)
三、 1. A: Look, there’s the red man. B: Yes, it means we must stop. 2. A: Whose room is it? B: It’s Su Yang’s. It’s not big, but it’s very clean. 3. Jack usually gets up early and finishes his homework on time. 4. A: What are you going to do tomorrow, Tom? B: I’m going to the park with my friends. 5. A: What are you doing, Nancy? B: I’m reading a book about the US












A.
(1. T 2. F 3. T 4. F 5. F)
四、 Jack has many good habits. He always puts his things in order. He likes travelling around the world. This summer, he is going to Disneyland with his parents. The traffic there is busy, so he must look out for cars. He has a dream. He wants to be a scientist.
(has, order, travelling, summer, parents, traffic, busy, out, dream, scientist)
五、 1. parents 2. be 3. after 4. green 5. strong
六、1. will go 2. little 3. Did, get 4. easily 5. some 6. wait 7. are singing
8. to be 9. safely 10. brushes
七、l. C 2. C 3. B 4. C 5. A 6. C 7. C 8. B 9. C 10. C
八、 1. I washed my clothes last night. 2. Where will you go for the summer holiday?
3. Nancy wants to bring some snacks to your party. 4. Tom doesn’t often do his homework before dinner. 5. What is your father going to do next week?
九、3 5 1 4 2
十、 1. be, makes, beautiful 2. will stay, for 3. means, stop 4. little, for 5. puts, in
十一、1. C 2. A 3. B 4. C 5. B 6. A 7. B 8. B 9. C 10. A
十二、 (A) 1. F 2. T 3. T 4. F 5. T (B) 1. late 2. rainy 3. wanted 4. aunt
Final ExamⅡ
一、 1. My father is a traveller. 2. Let’s go for a walk now. 3. There is no meat in the fridge. 4. We all have a dream. 5. I want to travel around the world.
(1. B 2. A 3. B 4. A 5. A)
二、 1. A: I often read books on Sunday. But last Sunday, I played puter games. What about you, Liu Tao? B: I went shopping. 2. Su Hai often goes to bed late. 3. A: I want to be a dancer. What do you want to be, Nancy? B: I want to be a pianist. 4. A: Where will you go for the holiday, Mike? B: I’ll go to London. What about you, Helen? A: I’ll go to HongKong.
5. Wang Bing is going to bring some apples, some oranges and some drinks to the party.
(1. F 2. F 3. T 4. T 5. T)
三、 1. Happy New Year. 2. What are you going to do this weekend? 3. How is the weather in spring? 4. Here’s the red man. What can we do? 5. Whose shoes are these?
(1. C 2. B 3. B 4. A 5. C)
四、 It was Saturday yesterday. Ben stayed at home with his parents. It’s a sunny day today. Ben and his family are talking about their plans for next weekend. Ben is going to visit Taipei. Taipei is very clean and beautiful. He will take some photos there. Then he will show them to me.
(was, stayed, sunny, talking, plans, visit, clean, will, show, to)
五、 1. aunt 2. The next day 3. Are 4. put 5. children
六、 1. will be 2. saw 3. flies, didn’t fly 4. loudly 5. are having 6. will play
7. don’t watch 8. does, go 9. be 10. going
七、l. A 2. A 3. C 4. B 5. B 6. C 7. A 8. B 9. C 10. A
八、 1. Where is Nancy going this weekend? 2. Was there a pencil and two rulers on the desk? 3. She doesn’t do her homework on time. 4. My family will watch TV at home tomorrow evening. 5. He goes to school on foot every day.
九、 1. D 2. E 3. C 4. B 5. A
十、5 7 6 2 8 3 1 4
十一、1. A 2. B 3. B 4. A 5. C 6. A 7. C 8. A 9. A 10. B
十二、 (A) 1. C 2. B 3. C 4. A 5. B (B) 1. watched 2. ate 3. back 4. late
十三、略

网友回答

小学英语《练习与测试》听力材料和参考答案（译林版六上）
Unit 1　The king‘s new clothes
第一课时
一、 1. That nice girl is very clever.
2. These are American cowboys. They wear jeans.　
3. The king is foolish，I think.　
4. My father is hard working. I love him.　
5. Don’t laugh at me. I am your brother.　
6. We looked at the girl.
(1. A　2. C　3. A　4. C　5. A　6. B)
二、 1. Long long ago, there was a king.　
2. The little boy pointed at the king and laughed.　
3. What do you think of the king? Is he clever? 　
4. A: Who’s the next boy? 　
B: He’s Mike.　
5. The king doesn’t wear any clothes.　
6. We cannot see any apples on the farm.
(1. Long long ago　2. laughed　3. think　4. next　5. wear　6. see)
三、 1. was　2. walked　3. were　4. liked　5. was　6. showed
四、 1. B　2. E　3. D　4. A　5. C
五、 1. B　2. C　3. A　4. B　5. C　6. A　7. C　8. B
第二课时
一、 1. How much is the dress?　
2. What did you do yesterday?　
3. Did you like the new clothes?　
4. What a nice hat!　
5. Who can make a T-shirt for me?
6. Nice to meet you.
(1. A　2. C　3. A　4. A　5. B　6. B)
二、 1. Each student says one sentence.　
2. Long long ago, there was a lion.　
3. She picked a flower in the park a moment ago.　
4. The lion shouted at the old man.　
5. The little boy had his cake and asked for another one.　
6. Be quick! They are over there.
(1. Each　2. was　3. picked　4. shouted　5. another　6. quick)
三、 1. foolish　2. children　3. are laughing　4. met　 5. sat　6. lived　7. got　8. are
四、 1. Miss Fox and her students are playing a game.　
2. There was a mountain many years ago./Many years ago there was a mountain.　
3. Clever people can see them.　
4. I got a card from my good friend.　
5. Are those pear trees too?
五、 1. F　2. T　3. T　4. F　5. T
第三课时
一、 1. Do they fit the king?　
2. Who can see the clothes?　
3. Please try on the shoes.　
4. Where were you last week?　
5. Were there many people in the street?　
6. How was the king?
(1. B　2. A　3. B　4. B　5. C　6. A)
二、 The king liked clothes. Two men wanted to make new clothes for the king. The king was happy. The men showed the king his new clothes, but the king could not see them. The king walked through the city in his new clothes. A boy laughed at him.
(liked, make, happy, showed, could, walked, city, laughed)
三、 1. next　2. turn into　3. magic　4. sentences　5. turn　6. laugh
四、 1. C　2. A　3. C　4. C　5. B　6. A　7. B　8. B　9. C　10. A
五、 1. What did, do　2. What would　3. wasn’t　
4. What else did you do last night?　5. were　6. played
六、 1. B　2. C　3. B　4. B　5. C
Test for Unit 1
一、 1. We have eight subjects this term.　
2. Mike is sweeping the floor.　
3. That boy is from America.　
4. It’s half past six. Get up quickly.　
5. Who can see the clothes?
(1. B　2. C　3. A　4. B　5. A)
二、 1. There were some flowers in front of the lion’s house.　
2. An old man walked by the house.　
3. The Lion was nice to her.　
4. One day, the lion was sick.　
5. Then the lion turned into a prince.
(5　2　3　1　4)
三、 1. What did you do yesterday?　
2. Did you like the new clothes?　
3. Were you happy？　
4. Who can sing an English song?　
5. When do you e to my party?
(1. A　2. A　3. B　4. A　5. B)
四、 A: It’s half past five, I want to go home.
I can’t find Liy. Where is she?　
B: She’s in her classroom.　
A: But she isn’t there now.　
B: She was there a moment ago.　
A: Where’s she?　
B: Is she in the teachers’ office?　
B: Let me see. Oh, she isn’t there.　
A: Is she in the playground?　
B: Yes, she is.
A: Thank you very much.　
B: You’re wele.
(1. T　2. F　3. F　4. F　5. T)
五、 1. watched films　2. study hard　3. is laughing　 4. magic clothes　5. take off
六、 1. C　2. E　3. D　4. A　5. B
七、 1. A　2. B　3. C　4. B　5. B　6. C　7. B　8. A　9. B　10. A
八、 1. He washes his face at seven o’clock in the morning.　
2. I wasn’t at home last night.　
3. What time did you get up yesterday morning? /When did you get up yesterday morning?　
4. The two men showed the king his new clothes.　
5. Does Ben have any new picture books?
九、 1. is washing　2. January　3. sat　4. to see　5. is taking　
6. both　7. cousin　8. subjects　9. him　10. tells
十、 1. was, lived　2. flowers, front　3. tum into
十一、 1. B　2. B　3. A　4. C
十二、 略
Unit 2　What a day
第一课时
一、 1. We like windy days.　2. Is it rainy today?
3. What a cloudy day!　4. On sunny days, we fly kites.
(4 2 1 3)
二、 1. It’s rainy today. So we stay at home.　
2. Whose parrots are singing?　
3. There are some dumplings on the table.　
4. We saw some ants on the bread.　
5. It was sunny in the morning.
(1. C　2. B　3. C　4. B　5. C)
三、 1. after　2. eat　3. date　4. public signs　5. dumplings
四、 1. We flew kites high in the sky.　
2. They saw some ants on the bread.　
3. It was time for breakfast.　
4. Then, the weather became rainy.　
5. We could not eat our lunch.
五、 sunny, went, bike, parrots, windy, cloudy,
flew, for lunch, saw ants, couldn’t, rained, were
第二课时
一、 1. They wanted to go there by bike.　
2. Some girls saw the fish.　
3. What a sunny and windy day!　
4. I played volleyball in the playground.　
5. We flew kites in the sky.
(1. C　2. A　3. B　4. C　5. A)
二、 1. Did you go to the zoo by bike?　
2. What was the weather like last Sunday?　
3. What did you do in the park?　
4. How do you go there?　
5. Is this your kite?
(1. C　2. B　3. C　4. A　5. B)
三、 1. ran　2. were　3. could　4. went　5. saw　
6. brought　7. became　8. flew　9. rained　10. played
四、 1. flew kites　2. watched cartoons　3. played basketball　
4. robot　5. went swimming　6. did housework
五、 1. D　2. E　3. B　4. A　5. C
六、 1. C　2. A　3. A　4. C　5. B
第三课时
一、 1. There is a parrot show in the park.　
2. A boy laughed, “Ha! Ha! The cap is in the cat’s mouth.”　
3. A: What’s the matter, Bobby?
B: I lost my kite.　
4. This is a card for you. Happy New Year! 　
5. A: When did you get up?　
B: At six.　
6. It’s cloudy today.
(3　5　6　1　2　4)
二、 1. high　2. next　3. sentence　4. clever　5. meet
(4　2　5　1　3)
三、 1. C　2. C　3. B　4. C
四、 1. C　2. A　3. B　4. C　5. A　6. B　7. C　8. B　9. A　10. C
五、 1. It was windy yesterday.　
2. We did not go there by bus.　
3. Was there any bread on the table?　
4. Dad could not find his notebook.　
5. What was the weather like yesterday?　
6. What’s wrong with you?　
7. He goes to school on foot every day.　
8. Was there a lion in the mountain?
Test for Unit 2
一、 1. Your hair is too long.　
2. Are they free now?　
3. Please fold it with me.　
4. Where is the ice?　
5. The shoes fit me.　
6. What’s on the plate?　
7. That’s an easy job.　
8. Don’t e out of the room.　
9. The car doesn’t drive away in the evening.　
10. Well done!
(1. B　2. A　3. B　4. A　5. A　6. B　7. A　8. C　9. A　10. B)
二、 1. Thank you very much.　
2. Where’s my dog?　
3. Are there any kites in the sky?　
4. I like swimming. How about you?　
5. A: 304691.　
B: Hello, may I speak to Su Hai?
(1. B　2. C　3. B　4. B　5. B)
三、 We visited Helen’s grandparents on Sunday. Helen’s grandparents live in a small town. Her grandpa showed us his coins. In the afternoon, we cleaned the house for Helen’s grandparents. Su Hai, Su Yang and Ben flew kites. Helen, Mike and I climbed up the hill. We had a good time.
(visited, town, showed, cleaned, flew kites, hill, had, good time)
四、 1. went　2. because, didn’t　3. brought　
4. sad, What’s　5. weather, became　6. played, just
五、 1. B　2. C　3. C　4. A　5. A　6. C　7. A　8. C　9. A　10. B
六、 1. D　2. B　3. E　4. C　5. A
七、 1. Tina and I flew my kite in the park.　
2. Peter lost his new scarf.　
3. Were there black clouds in the sky?　
4. We watched dragon boat races.　
5. They climbed up the hill.
八、 1. There weren’t any bees in the flowers.　
2. It was time for class.　
3. Did Jane take any photos just now?
4. Nancy’s hobby is singing.　
5. Whose is the mobile phone?
九、 1. warm, sunny　2. all, film　3. went, by　
4. are, sky　5. parrot show
十、 1. F　2. F　3. T　4. F　5. F
十一、 略
Unit 3　Holiday fun

第一课时
一、 1. Where did you go for the holiday?　
2. I went to the Great Wall.　
3. I caught a big fish in the lake.　
4. Why did you call me?　
5. I saw many interesting things.
(1. A　2. A　3. C　4. B　5. C)
二、 1. Let’s go to the Great Wall.　
2. I visited the Palace Museum last year.　
3. When did you go to Shanghai Museum?　
4. I want to go to Tian’anmen Square one day.　
5. How beautiful the Bund is!　
6. I like the Summer Palace very much!
(3　5　1　2　6　4)
三、 1. did　2. called　3. visited　4. went　5. saw
四、 1. A　2. B　3. C　4. B　5. A　6. C　7. B　8. A　9. C　10. C
五、 1. Where did you go for the holiday?　
2. We picked a lot of oranges last week.　
3. I went to Beijing and visited my uncle.　
4. I saw many interesting things.　
5. I want an orange from the tree.
第二课时
一、 1. What did you do after the National Day holiday?　
2. Did you call me yesterday?　
3. How was your holiday?　
4. Did Mike catch a big fish?
5. Where does your uncle live?
(1. A　2. B　3. C　4. C　5. B)
二、 1. My family went to a farm near Star Lake.　
2. We picked some oranges and went fishing.　
3. Why did you call me?　
4. I called you, but you weren’t at home.　
5. Where did you go for the holiday?
(1. family, farm　2. picked, went　3. call　4. weren’t, home　5. Where, holiday)
三、 1. did, go　2. was　3. fun　4. loves　5. Did, wear
四、 1. E　2. A　3. D　4. B　5. C
五、 1. I love fashion shows.　
2. Did you catch any fish in the park?　
3. We didn’t pick any apples and go fishing.　
4. How was your National Day holiday?　
5. Because I wanted to give you a book.
六、 1. went, Museum　2. caught, fish　3. How, holiday　
4. time for　5. loves, clothes
第三课时
一、 1. I went to a lake near the park.　
2. I’d like to give you the fish.　
3. How was your summer holiday?　
4. We picked apples on the farm.　
5. The students came back to school after the holiday.
(1. C　2. C　3. B　4. C　5. A)
二、 Mike and his family went to a farm near Star Lake. They picked some oranges and went fishing. Mike caught a big fish. He wanted to give Liu Tao the fish.
(family went, picked, fishing, caught, big, wanted, give)
三、 1. picked　2. visited　3. wearing　4. catching　5. told
四、 1. near　2. after　3. for　4. about　5. at　
6. weather　7. at first　8. turn into　9. fashion　10. lost
五、 1. D　2. B　3. D　4. D　5. B
Test for Unit 3
一、 1. Liu Tao went to the Shanghai Museum.　
2. There are many interesting things.　
3. I wanted to give you the fish.　
4. We went to the Bund.　
5. Did you watch TV last night?
(1. C　2. A　3. A　4. B　5. B)
二、 1. Where is Mike going next holiday?　
2. He wants to go to the Car Museum.　
3. Because it’s very interesting.　
4. There are many cool cars there.　
5. People can watch movies in the car.
(3　2　4　5　1)
三、 1. Where did you go?　
2. Did you watch TV last night?　
3. Were you ten last year?　
4. Can Nancy catch the fish?　
5. Did Jack go to Shanghai last holiday?
(1. A　2. A　3. B　4. C　5. B)
四、 Last Sunday, Li Ming and his friends went to his uncle’s home. Li Ming’s uncle lives on a farm near Nanjing. It is a beautiful and big farm. Li Ming’s uncle showed them a lot of photos about his farm at first. There were many cows, chickens, ducks and fruit trees on the farm. Li Ming and his friends picked a lot of pears, apples and oranges. It was very hot. But the boys still had a good time on the farm.
(1. B　2. C　3. C　4. A　5. B)
五、 1. National Day　2. Great Wall　3. go well　 4. called　5. catch the fish
六、 1. E　2. C　3.












A. 4. D　5. B
七、 1. C　2. A　3. B　4. A　5. C　6. C　7. B　8. A　9. B　10. C
八、 1. You were here at ten in the morning.　
2. Were you at home yesterday? Yes, I was.　
3. I didn’t catch ants last week.　
4. We picked some oranges and went fishing. /We went fishing and picked some oranges.　
5. Where did Mike go for the holiday?
九、 1. came　2. Because　3. weren’t　4. Did，catch　
5. shouting　6. things　7. visited　8. was　9. ate
十、 1. went, visited　2. fishing, did　3. pick, for
十一、 1. A　2. B　3. C　4. B
十二、略
Unit 4　Then and now

第一课时
一、 1. My grandpa listened to the radio yesterday.　
2. Look at my new T-shirt.　
3. People can call each other anywhere by using mobile phones.　
4. He reads e-books too.　
5. I usually do shopping at weekends.　
6. He made friends at school.
(1. C　2. C　3. C　4. A　5. B　6. B)
二、 1. He could not read or watch news on the Internet.　
2. Twenty years ago，Mike could read and draw.　
3. She made friends at school.　
4. Nancy’s grandma watched TV and listened to the radio.　
5. Did he write letters to his friends?　
6. Mrs Brown has e-friends from all over the world.
(2　6　5　3　1　4)
三、 1. A　2. A　3. B　4. B
四、 1. could　2. saw　3. went　4. did　
5. flew　6. ate　7. took　8. read
五、 1. C　2. B　3. A　4. C　5. C　6. C　7. C　8. B
第二课时
一、 1. I like Maths and P









E.　
2. Yes, Mrs Fox.　
3. He’s my cousin. He is a student.　
4. Today is Monday, tomorrow is Tuesday.　
5. A: Can you spell the word?
B: Yes, I can.　
6. A: Where do you get emails?　
B: At home.
(1. B　2. C　3. A　4. C　5. A　6. B)
二、 1. Bobby, please listen to me.　
2. Where’s the egg?　
3. What day is today?　
4. Can they make friends all over the world?　
5. What did she do on the Internet yesterday?　
6. How was the man last year?
(1. A　2. B　3. C　4. A　5. A　6. C)
三、 1. make　2. looking　3. spell　4. wrote　
5. mobile phone，anywhere　6. then
四、 1. My mother has e-friends all over the world.　
2. He could read and write. / He could write and read.　
3. She does shopping on the Internet too.　
4. Can you spell it?　
5. Foolish people can’t see his clothes.　
6. Were they quick ten years ago?
五、 read, draw, radio, things, newspapers，
shopping, on the Internet, e-books
第三课时
一、 1. Can Mike write letters to his friends now?
2. What day is today?　
3. Can I have a look?　
4. What can we do on the Internet?　
5. I can read news on the Internet, what about you?　
6. How much were the peaches?
(1. A　2. A　3. B　4. A　5. C　6. C)
二、 This is me six years ago. I was four years old. I could read and draw, but I could not write. Now I’m ten. I can do many things. I like making friends all over the world on the Internet.
(six, ago, four, read, draw, write, ten, many things, making friends, world)
三、 1. go on　2. spell　3. ago，radio　4. make a sentence　
5. out of　6. work hard　7. do shopping　8. office
四、 1. C　2. A　3. C　4. B　5. C　6. A　7. C　8. B　9. C　10. A
五、 1. Where is　2. What day　3. couldn’t　
4. The British invented the train.　
5. Does Mrs Brown get angry?　
6. My cousin isn’t on holiday.
六、 1. B　2. C　3. B　4. B　5. A
Test for Unit 4
一、 1. He couldn’t read or write.　
2. Can you use this telephone?　
3. My grandma reads newspapers every morning.　
4. I have a book about animals.　
5. Please give them to me.　
6. I take a walk after supper every day.　
7. I go to school from Monday to Friday.　
8. A: Where’s he from?　
B: He is from America.　
9. Do you need anything else?　
10. They are all very happy.
(1. C　2. B　3. C　4. A　5. B　6. B　7. C　8. A　9. A　10. C)
二、 1. Did she see a film last night?　
2. Where are the eggs?　
3. Could you buy things on the Internet?　
4. How many lessons do you have this morning?　
5. What do you like?
(1. A　2. B　3. A　4. C　5. A)
三、 1. Five years ago, I could read and draw, and now I can write.　
2. Last Wednesday, my mother bought things from shops.　
3. I don’t like eggs, but I ate an egg this morning.　
4. My grandpa read newspapers for news twenty years ago.　
5. I want to make friends all over the world.
(1. read, draw, write　2. Wednesday, things　3. ate　4. read newspapers　5. make, over)
四、 1. make sentences　2. looking out　3. listen to
4. mobile phones　5. do shopping
五、 1. E　2. C　3. A　4. B　5. D
六、 1. B　2. B　3. C　4. C　5. A　6. B　7. C　8. A　9. A　10. C
七、 1. any　2. invented　3. was　4. ate　5. well　
6. bought　7. does　8. makes　9. get　10. couldn’t
八、 1. went to　2. Was, any　
3. What did Grandma use last year?　
4. What day is today?　
5. He used the telephone at home to call people.
九、 1. C　2. B　3. D　4. C　5. B　6. A　7. B　8. D　9. A　10. C
十、 1. F　2. F　3. T　4. F　5. T
Project l　A holiday album

第一课时
一、 1. It’s windy. Let’s fly kites.　
2. I like reading a newspaper.　
3. How was your holiday?　
4. I often do shopping at the weekends.　
5. Be quick! It’s late.
(1. B　2. A　3. B　4. A　5. C)
二、 1. Three years ago, Tim could read and draw.　
2. The two men showed the king his new clothes.　
3. The weather became windy and cloudy.　
4. Shall we go to the Great wall?　
5. They flew kites in the park.
(1. Three years ago　2. showed, new　3. became, cloudy　4. Great Wall　5. flew)
三、 1. played　2. lived　3. looked　4. went　5. could
四、 1. A　2. B　3. C　4. A　5. C　6. B　7. C　8. A　9. C　10. B
五、 1. aren’t having　2. Where are　
3. No, weren’t　4. It was cloudy last Sunday.
第二课时
一、 1. Who can make a kite for me?　
2. Did Mike go to the park by bike?　
3. What’s the weather like today？　
4. I can’t sing English songs.　
5. Is this your kite?
(1. A　2. B　3. B　4. C　5. B)
二、 1. Last Sunday, it was cloudy.　
2. Mike came to school by bike.　
3. Twenty years ago, Mr Brown wrote letters to his friends.　
4. She does shopping on the Internet.　
5. Bobby is looking out of the window.
(1. cloudy　2. came　3. wrote　4. does shopping　5. looking)
三、 1. made　2. could　3. sad　4. shopping
四、 1. Mike’s grandpa listened to the radio.　
2. Miss Li is excited about that show.　
3. Can he do many things now?　
4. He used the telephone at home.
五、 1. A　2. C　3. B　4. C
第三课时
一、 1. I want to be a hero.　
2. Look at the king.　
3. How did you hurt your hand?　
4. Shall we go fishing next Sunday?　
5. Don’t be so sad.
(1. C　2. A　3. B　4. C　5. A)
二、 1. What did you do for the holiday?　
2. I caught a big fish.　
3. Tina isn’t excited about the fashion show.　
4. Mum does shopping on the Internet.　
5. My cousin works hard every day.
(1. F　2. T　3. F　4. T　5. F)
三、 1. matches　2. them　3. sunny　4. told　5. wore
四、 1. C　2. A　3. C　4. C　5. B　6. A　7. B　8. C　9. A　10. B
五、 1. Bill could not sing any English songs.　
2. Did Miss Li eat an orange this morning?　
3. What did Paul do last weekend?　
4. How did they go to Tokyo?　
5. No, there weren’t.
Test for Project 1
一、 1. Time to listen to the news.　
2. The books are for each of us.　
3. Palace Museum is a good place.　
4. Why do they go on？　
5. Did you lose your pen？　
6. Who can play some music？　
7. Walk away from the school.　
8. Can you spell the word？　
9. Clean the wall now.　
10. Please don’t turn on the light.
(1. A　2. A　3. C　4. B　5. B　6. B　7. A　8. B　9. B　10. A)
二、 Liu Ying is a young woman. She’s about twenty. She has a shop. In her shop you can see books, pens, pencils, rulers, rubbers... The shop is open from 8：00 in the morning to 9：00 in the evening. Many students go to her shop and do some shopping. They like her shop very much.
(1. T　2. F　3. T　4. F　5. F)
三、 1. Nice to meet you, Ben.　
2. It was sunny in the afternoon.　
3. A: Why did you call him？　
B: Because I wanted to go shopping with him.
4. Ten years ago, I could not write.　
5. Nancy has friends from all over the world.
(1. meet　2. sunny　3. Why, call, Because, wanted　4. ago, could　5. all over)
四、 1. C　2. A　3. C　4. A　5. A
五、 1. flew　2. swimming　3. interesting　4. holidays　
5. sunny　6. lost　7. wore　8. studied　9. well　10. cloudy
六、 1. Clever，Foolish　2. happened　3. Long long ago　
4. at first　5. newspapers，news
七、 1. F　2. C　3. J　4. G　5. B　6. E　7. A　8. H　9. D　10. I
八、 1. B　2. C　3. B　4. A　5. B　6. C　7. C　8. A　9. A　10. C
九、 1. didn’t do　2. did, get　
3. Could he read and write ten years ago？　
4. I went to the park by bike.　
5. How did the teachers go there？
十、 1. C　2. C　3. B　4. A　5. A
十一、 1. T　2. F　3. T　4. F　5. F.
Unit 5　Signs

第一课时
一、 1. Don’t smoke here.　
2. It means “No littering”．　
3. It means “Wet floor”．　
4. It means you can’t eat or drink.　
5. Helen is in a restaurant.
(1. B　2. C　3. A　4. C　5. C)
二、 1. No parking.　2. No smoking.　3. Danger!　
4. Wet floor.　5. No eating or drinking.　6. No littering.
(5 6 1 2 3 4)
三、 1. smoking　2. litter　3. does　4. can’t　
5. shopping　6. means　7. that
四、 1. What does it mean?　2. It means the floor is wet.　
3. It means you can’t eat or drink there./It means you can’t drink or eat there.　
4. They are eating some noodles in a restaurant now.　
5. Do you want some juice?
第二课时
一、 1. I can see a sign in the bookshop.　
2. The flowers smell sweet.　
3. Let’s go in.　
4. There’s a shopping centre.　
5. It means “No parking”．
(1. B　2. C　3. C　4. B　5. C)
二、 1. Helen and Tim are at a shopping centre.　
2. It means you can’t litter in the library.　
3. You can not take your juice into the shop!　
4. It means you can’t walk the dogs.　
5. It means you shouldn’t fish in the park.
(1. F　2. T　3. F　4. T　5. F)
三、 1. B　2. B　3. A　4. B　5. C　6. C
四、 1. doing　2. eat，drink　3. outing　4. monkeys　 5. means　6. are eating
五、 1. F　2. F　3. T　4. F　5. T
第三课时
一、 1. Bobby and Sam walk on.　
2. They see some monkeys around them.　
3. Be careful!　
4. I brought some bread for breakfast.　
5. They feel tired.　6. No climbing.　7. Do not shout.
(1. A　2. B　3. B　4. B　5. A　6. C　7. C)
二、 1. What does it mean?　
2. Do you want some milk?　
3. What are they doing?　
4. Don’t smoke here.　
5. Where is Nancy?
(1. B　2. A　3. C　4. A　5. B)
三、 1. A　2. B　3. B　4. A
四、 1. What, mean，It, can’t/shouldn’t, drink　
2. sign, parking　
3. see, shopping centre, wet, careful　
4. on, eat bananas
五、 1. B　2. B　3. B　4. C　5. A　
6. C　7. B　8. B　9. A　10. A
六、 1. T　2. F　3. T　4. F　5. T
Test for Unit 5
一、 1. danger　2. talk　3. someone　4. go in　
5. a juice shop　6. No littering.　7. walk on　8. Wet floor.　
9. What do these signs mean?　10. We can’t eat or drink.
(1. A　2. C　3. A　4. B　5. B　6. A　7. A　8. A　9. C　10. C)
二、 1. Do not shout.　2. No swimming.　3. No fishing.　
4. No littering.　5. No smoking.
(1. F　2. T　3. F　4. T　5. F)
三、 1. What does this sign mean?　
2. Can you see that sign?　
3. What do they find?　
4. It’s twelve o’clock.　
5. Where are they?
(1. C　2. B　3. C　4. C　5. A)
四、 Today is Sunday. Helen wants to go into a bookshop. But she can’t take her juice into the shop. There’s a sign. It means “No eating or drinking”．
(Sunday, wants, bookshop, can’t take, into, sign, means, eating drinking)
五、 1. were　2. for　3. flew/found　4. signs　5. find
六、 1. does　2. can’t　3. smoke　4. these　5. shopping　6. brought
七、 1. C　2. C　3. B　4. B　5. C　6. C　7. A　8. A　9. B
八、 1. F　2. I　3. H　4. G　5. A　6. E　7. B　8. J　9. D　10. C
九、 1. is eating　2. litter　3. do, mean, mean　
4. doing, reading　5. plays
十、 1. can’t litter　2. did, do　3. Does, mean　
4. What does, mean　5. Where
十一、 1. What, mean, means, eat, drink　2. park, can’t, No parking
十二、 1. B　2. A　3. B　4. A　5. B
Unit 6　Keep our city clean

第一课时
一、 1. Is our city clean?　
2. There is a bin in the park.　
3. Your idea is great.　
4. We can move factories away from our city.　
5. We can plant more trees.　
6. The street is very messy.
(1. C　2. C　3. B　4. C　5. C　6. B)
二、 1. Is the water clean?　
2. What makes the classroom dirty?　
3. What are those?　
4. Can you keep our city clean?　
5. What can we do to keep our city clean?
(1. A　2. B　3. B　4. B　5. B)
三、 1. bins　2. Smoke　3. messy　4. rubbish　5. clean
四、 1. of　2. from　3. in　4. for　5. to
五、 1. We can walk to school.　
2. What can we do to keep our city clean?　
3. We can move some factories away from our city.　
4. Rubbish makes the streets messy and dirty./ Rubbish makes the streets dirty and messy.
六、 1. Is the river dirty? Yes, it is.　
2. What makes your city dirty?　
3. What can you do?　
4. We can’t put rubbish here.
第二课时
一、 1. Smoke from factories makes the air dirty.　
2. We can sweep the floor.　
3. The fish are dead.　
4. Two little black birds are flying on the hill.　
5. Can you throw rubbish on the floor?
(1. B　2. B　3. B　4. B　5. A)
二、 1. What makes our city clean?　
2. Rubbish makes the street dirty.　
3. Smoke from the factories makes the city dirty.　
4. We can do many things to keep our city clean.
(1. clean　2. dirty　3. factories, city　4. keep, clean)
三、 1. cities　2. make　3. litter　4. smoking　5. makes　6. to keep
四、 1. B　2. C　3. C　4. B　5. B　6. C　7. B　8. C
五、 1. messy, dirty, keep, sweep, clean　
2. from, makes, keep, clean, move, from, city
第三课时
一、 1. Can you keep our city clean?　
2. What do they mean?　
3. Please sweep the floor and clean the desks.　
4. What is Bobby doing?　
5. What can we do to keep the bedroom clean?
(1. B　2. B　3. B　4. A　5. B)
二、 Miss Li and her students are having an English lesson now. There are some pictures of our city on the blackboard.
　 Miss Li: What makes our city dirty?
　 Su Hai: Smoke from cars and factories makes the air dirty.
　Liu Tao: Rubbish makes the street messy and dirty.
　 Miss Li: We can do many things to keep our city clean.
(having, city, makes, factories, air, Rubbish, messy, many, keep)
三、 1. keep, is cleaning, sweeping　2. to make　3. puts　
4. him　5. shops　6. pick, throw
四、 1. Do you throw rubbish in the bin? Yes, I do.　
2. We can go to school on foot.　
3. There is a museum in the city.　
4. What can you do to keep your school clean?　
5. Smoke from cars makes the air dirty.
五、 1. F　2. F　3. T　4. F　5. T
Test for Unit 6
一、 1. We can plant more trees to keep our city clean.　
2. We put rubbish in the bins.　
3. The black smoke makes the air dirty.　
4. We take the bus to school.　
5. He sweeps the floor to keep the room clean.　
6. We can go to school on foot.
(6　5　2　3　4　1)
二、 1. The water is not clean in the river.　
2. They plant more trees. The trees can keep the air clean.　
3. Rubbish makes our city messy and dirty.　
4. We can also go to school on foot.　
5. Rubbish and black smoke make the city dirty.
(1. T　2. T　3. F　4. T　5. F)
三、 1. Is this a picture of our city?　
2. What makes the streets messy?　
3. What do the signs mean?　
4. What can we do to keep our room clean?　
5. What’s in the city?
(1. C　2. C　3. C　4. A　5. C)
四、 Bobby throws a banana skin on the ground. He likes eating bananas. Tina is very angry. She says, “Bobby, you can’t do that. Pick it up, please. It makes the street messy and dirty.”
(throws, skin, eating, can’t, Pick, up, makes, messy, dirty)
五、 1. factories　2. those　3. clean　4. cannot　
5. we　6. living　7. also　8. fish
六、 1. C　2. A　3. B　4. E　5. D
七、 1. makes　2. to help　3. put，to keep　4. make　
5. is　6. clean　7. living
八、 1. factories　2. Rubbish　3. ideas　
4. dead　5. sweep　6. metro
九、 1. C　2. C　3. B　4. C　5. C　6. C　7. A　8. C　9. B 10. C
十、 1. I don’t like living in the city.　
2. We can play football too.　
3. Does rubbish make the street dirty? Yes, it does.　
4. What can you do to keep the room clean?　
5. What makes the air dirty?
十一、 1. C　2. C　3. A　4. C　5. C　6. C　7. B　8. A
十二、 1. T　2. F　3. F　4. T　5. T
Unit 7　Protect the Earth

第一课时
一、 1. There is not much coal on Earth.　
2. We should use paper bags and glass bottles.　
3. Wood es from trees.　
4. Too much plastic is bad for the Earth.　
5. She es from Jiangsu.　
6. There are many plastic bags in the supermarket.　
7. You made too many mistakes.　
8. We should not use too many plastic bottles.
(1. B　2. C　3. A　4. A　5. B　6. C　7. A　8. B)
二、 1. We should not drive so much because cars use a lot of energy.　
2. We should not cut down too many trees.　
3. In many places, there is not much water. We should not waste water.　
4. Too much plastic is bad for the Earth.
(1. T　2. T　3. T　4. T)
三、 1. energy　2. Earth　3. plastic　4. paper　5. reuse　6. waste
四、 1. save　2. use　3. useful　4. waste, reuse
五、 1. We use water to clean things every day.　
2. Most of our energy es from coal and oil./ Most of our energy es from oil and coal.　
3. We should not cut down too many trees.　
4. Is too much plastic bad for the Earth?
第二课时
一、 1. He should not smoke in the restaurant.　
2. They should not litter in the park.　
3. They should not cut down too many trees.　
4. They should not use too many plastic bags.　
5. They should not talk in the library.　
6. They should not throw the rubbish in the river.
(6　4　3　2　1　5)
二、 1. D　2. C　3. B　4. A
三、 1. B　2. C　3. A　4. C　5. B
四、 1. D　2. E　3. C　4. F　5. A　6. B
五、 1. es from　2. should, protect, Earth　
3. use, to make　4. should not cut down, many
第三课时
一、 1. Don’t use too much paper.　
2. How can we reuse these things?　
3. We use wood to make tables, chairs and many other things.　
4. I can reuse a plastic bottle to make a toy.　
5. The Earth is our home.
(1. F　2. T　3. F　4. T　5. T)
二、 1. A　2. B　3. C　4. B　5. A
三、 1. too many trees　2. much, many　3. our　4. me　5. fun
四、 using, to make, e from, clean, cut down, plant
五、 1. F　2. T　3. F　4. F
Test for Unit 7
一、 1. It’s our duty to protect pandas.　
2. Energy can make things move.　
3. We can reuse paper to make a box.　
4. It’s raining outside, drive carefully.　
5. Don’t waste time.　
6. Save money. Let’s help the poor.
7. I’11 wait for you at the school gate.　
8. The meeting starts at eight every Monday.　
9. I think your sunglasses are really cool.　
10. Can you use a pumpkin to make a lantern?
(1. A　2. B　3. A　4. A　5. A　6. B　7. C　8. C　9. B 10. A)
二、 1. We can’t live without water. Save water, please!　
2. What a nice poster! Can you put it on the blackboard.　
3. A: Did you watch TV yesterday?　
B: Yes, it’s about the Earth.　
A: We should protect our home.　
4. A: We have fun in the classroom.
　 B: That’s true. It’s really cool.　
5. A: Look! What’s this?
　 B: It’s a piece of paper. What can you do with it?
　 A: I can reuse it to make a paper boat.
　 B: Great!
(3 2 5 4 1)
三、 We drink water and use water to clean things every day. It is useful. But there isn’t much water. We should not waste it. There is not much coal and oil on the Earth either. We should save energy.
(use, useful, much, waste, much coal, oil, Earth, save energy)
四、 1. A　2. A　3. C　4. B
五、 1. C　2. A　3. A　4. B　5. C　6. A　7. A　8. B　9. B　10. C
六、 1. smoke, smoking　2. singing, start singing/to sing　
3. any　4. fun　5. useful, to think
七、 1. put　2. the Earth　3. walk，driving　
4. waste too much　5. water, energy
八、 1. C　2. E　3. A　4. D　5. B
九、 1. They should not use too many plastic bags.　
2. Don’t litter.　3. We reuse the plastic to make a toy.　
4. Energy es from coal and oil.　
5. How to reuse the glass bottles?
十、 1. F　2. F　3. T　4. T　5. F
十一、 略
Unit 8　Chinese New Year

第一课时
一、 1. We’re going to have dinner with our grandparents.　
2. Thanksgiving is a very important holiday in the US.　
3. We’re going to make some cakes and tangyuan.　
4. Christmas is the most important holiday in the UK.　
5. Chinese New Year is the most important festival in China. We call it “Spring Festival”．　
6. We’re going to watch fireworks in the evening.
(3 2 6 4 1 5)
二、 1. cook　2. cookbook　3. US　4. Christmas Day　
5. rich　6. on Chinese New Year’s Eve
(1. C　2. A　3. B　4. B　5. C　6. C)
三、 1. B　2. D　3. A　4. E　5. C
四、 1. I am　2. you are　3. we are　4. they are　
5. she is　6. he is　7. it is
五、 1. The cook is looking at a cookbook.　
2. We’re going to watch lion dance in the afternoon.　
3. They’re going to make some cakes and tangyuan./ They’re going to make some tangyuan and cakes.　
4. She’s going to watch fireworks.　
5. I’m going to buy some flowers.　
6. What are you going to do on Chinese New Year’s Eve?
第二课时
一、 1. We are going to buy some new clothes.　
2. We are going to make some tangyuan.　
3. We are going to watch fireworks.　
4. We are going to get red packets.　
5. We are going to have a big dinner.
(1. A　2. C　3. B　4. B　5. C)
二、 1. oo　食物 2. o　香港 3. i, e　激动的
4. i　富有的 5. an　计划 ay　玩 6. ay　好极了　
7. a, er　鞭炮　8. e, a　红包
三、 1. B　2. C　3. B　4. B　5. A
四、 1. On, going to, aunt, Happy Chinese New Year　
2. They’re, red packets　
3. We’re, watch, dance　
4. watch fireworks
第三课时
一、 1. It was nice to get your email.　
2. Christmas is the most important holiday in the UK.　
3. We are going to have a lot of fun.　
4. We are going to talk about our plans for Chinese New Year’s Day.
(1. email　2. in the UK　3. a lot of fun　4. our plans)
二、 New, Year, going, Eve, dinner, grandparents, red, packets, Happy Chinese New Year, are, fun
三、 1. Are you, play　2. What is, do　3. aren’t watching　
4. What are, talking　5. aren’t going
四、 1. C　2. B　3. B　4. C
Test for Unit 8
一、 1. make dumplings　2. watch lion dance　
3. plant more trees　4. keep the street clean　
5. waste time　6. use plastic bags　
7. New Year’s Eve　8. USA　
9. red packets　10. fireworks
(1. A　2. C　3. C　4. B 5. A　6. B　7. C　8. A　9. A　10. B)
二、 1. Who are you going to visit?　
2. What are you going to eat?　
3. What place is he going to visit?　
4. What are you doing?　
5. What can we do to keep our city clean?
(1. B　2. A　3. C　4. B　5. A)
三、 1. It is going to be Chinese New Year next week. I’m very excited.　
2. My family is going to buy a lot of things.　
3. On Chinese New Year’s Eve，we’re going to have dinner with our grandparents. After dinner, we’re going to light firecrackers and fireworks.
(1. New Year, excited　2. a lot of　3. Eve, have dinner, grandparents)
四、 1. F　2. D　3. B　4. A　5. E　6. C
五、 1. C　2. B　3. A　4. B　5. C　6. C　7. A　8. C　9. C　10. B
六、 1. E　2. A　3. D　4. B　5. C
七、 1. I’m very excited!　
2. It’s going to be Chinese New Year next week.　
3. Bobby and Tina are talking about their plans for Chinese New Year’s Day. / Tina and Bobby are talking about their plans for Chinese New Year’s Day.　
4. Thanksgiving is a very important holiday in the US.　
5. We’re going to have a lot of fun.
八、 1. Who, visit　2. What, eat　3. What, cooking　
4. What, do　5. Should we
九、 1. T　2. F　3. F　4. T　5. F
十、略
Project 2　Reuse and recycle

第一课时
一、 1. Is someone smoking? I can smell it.　
2. We should not waste water.　
3. We use plastic to make bags and bottles.　
4. On Chinese New Year’s Day, my parents are going to give me red packets.　
5. Smoke makes the air dirty.　
6. That sign means you can’t litter here.
(1. C　2. C　3. B　4. A　5. B　6. C)
二、 1. What does that sign mean? 　
2. What makes the streets messy and dirty? 　
3. How to protect the Earth? 　
4. What are you going to do on Chinese New Year’s Eve? 　
5. What can we do to keep our city clean?
(1. A　2. B　3. C　4. B　5. A)
三、 1. B　2. C　3. B　4. C　5. A　6. C　7. B　8. A　9. C　10. A
四、 1. What are you going to do at Chinese New Year? 　
2. We should use paper bags and glass bottles./ We should use glass bottles and paper bags.　
3. Too much plastic is bad for the Earth.　
4. There is rubbish in the water and the fish are dead.　
5. Black smoke from factories makes the air dirty.　
6. You can’t take your juice into the shop.
五、 1. are eating, noodles, restaurant　
2. looking for, bought, lunch　
3. plant more, keep, clean　
4. throws, skin, makes, dirty　
5. much, waste, reuse, save
第二课时
一、 1. They see a lot of monkeys around them.　
2. We can put rubbish in the bin.　
3. Be careful, Helen!　
4. The fish in the river are dead.　
5. It’s going to be Chinese New Year next week. I’m very excited.　
6. Helen wants to go to the bookshop.　
7. I have a red packet. I’m rich now.
(1. A　2. B　3. C　4. A　5. B　6. B　7. B)
二、 1. A: What does it mean?
　 B: It means “ No parking”．　
2. A: Helen, do you want some orange juice?
　 B: Yes, please.　
3. A: What makes the puter room dirty?
　B: Rubbish.　
4. A: What can we do to keep our school clean?
　 B: We can put rubbish in the bin.　
5. A: What are you going to do tomorrow?
　 B: I’m going to buy some new clothes and food.
(1. T　2. F　3. F　4. T　5. F)
三、 1. excited　2. are, make　3. is cooking　
4. are talking　5. to see　6. useful, use, to clean　
7. many, is, much, waste　8. to make　
9. reuse, to make　10. makes
四、 1. What does that sign mean?　
2. What makes the streets messy and dirty?　
3. What can we do to keep our city clean?　
4. How to protect the Earth?　
5. What makes the air dirty?　
6. What are you going to do this afternoon?
五、 1. F　2. G　3. D　4. E　5. C　6. B　7. A
第三课时
一、 1. They’re going to the Bund.
2. A: What does it mean?
　 B: It means “No swimming”．　
3. My friends often do shopping on the Internet.　
4. Please try on these magic clothes.　
5. Did the fashion show go well?　
6. We should not cut down too many trees because trees help keep the air clean.　
7. Long long ago, there was a beautiful girl. She liked singing and dancing.
(1. B　2. C　3. A　4. A　5. C　6. C　7. B)
二、 It’s going to be Christmas next week. Lily is very excited. Tomorrow, she is going to buy a big Christmas tree and some food with her family. On Christmas Day, they are going to have dinner with her grandparents, her aunt, uncle and her cousin. After that, they are going to watch fireworks. They are going to have a lot of fun.
(next week, excited, buy, family, have dinner, cousin, watch fireworks)
三、 1. B　2. A　3. C　4. A
四、 1. C　2. C　3. A　4. B　5. C　6. B　7. C　8. C　9. C　10. A
五、 1. A　2. C　3. D　4. B　5. D
Test for Project 2
一、 1. What can we do to keep our city clean?　
2. We can move some factories away from our city.　
3. Bobby feels tired and hungry.　
4. I know why we shouldn’t eat bananas here.　
5. We should reuse and save water.　
6. Don’t use too much plastic.　
7. Let’s make a poster and tell them about it.　
8. On Chinese New Year’s Day, my parents are going to give me red packets.　
9. My mum is cooking dumplings in the kitchen.
10. The weather became windy and cloudy.
(1. A　2. B　3. A　4. C　5. C　6. B　7. A　8. C　9. A　10. A)
二、 1. A: What are you going to do this evening, Mike?
　 B: I’m going to play the piano in the school.　
2. A: Mum, I’m late for school. I have no time for breakfast.
　 B: Don’t worry, David. Take some bread with you.　
3. A: What are you doing, Helen?
　B: I’m looking for my camera. I’m going to take photos with my friends in the park.　
4. A: Where are you going, Yang Ling?
　 B: I’m going to the shopping centre. I want to buy a dress for my mother. It’s her birthday tomorrow.　
5. A: Hello, Peter. What’s the weather like in London in summer?
　 B: It’s not very hot. It’s usually sunny. I often go swimming with my brother and sister.
(1. T　2. T　3. F　4. T　5. F)
三、 1. What did you do last Sunday?　
2. Would you like a glass of milk?　
3. Where were you last weekend?　
4. Did you like the food there?　
5. What did you do on the farm?
(1. A　2. B　3. C　4. A　5. B)
四、 1. rainy　2. saw　3. can　4. took　5. women　
6. should not　7. clever　8. happy　9. bring　10. cloud
五、 1. plant　2. rubbish　3. dirty　4. looking　5. outing
六、 1. C　2. C　3. A　4. C　5. B　6. A　7. C　8. B　9. B　10. A
七、 1. is drawing　2. listened, read　3. smoke　
4. lived　5. ate, didn’t　6. were, rained, were
八、 1. Is Nancy going to have dinner with her family? No, she isn’t.　
2. Where did he go for the National Day holiday?　
3. What does this sign mean?　
4. Did you catch a big fish last Sunday? Yes，we did.　
5. They aren’t going to watch fireworks this evening.
九、 1. was，holiday　
2. visited，picked，went fishing，were，excited　
3. flew，wrote
十、 1. H　2. D　3. A　4. J　5. B　6. G　7. I　8. C　9. E　10. F
十一、 1. C　2. C　3. B　4. A　5. B
Final Exam　I
一、 1. Don’t slip into the water.　
2. What a messy room!　
3. You shouldn’t do foolish things.　
4. Let’s do this project together.　
5. Use white paper, please.　
6. When did they keep quiet？　
7. Show me a plastic bag.　
8. Try to wear this pair of socks.　
9. I know how to drive.　
10. We live on Earth.
(2 9 5 4 6 3 8 1 10 7)
二、 1. What did you do last weekend？　
2. Do you like sweets？
3. Where were you yesterday？　
4. Were there any masks on the desk？　
5. Did she pick up apples on the farm last Sunday？
(1. A　2. A　3. B　4. A　5. C)
三、 1. A: What did you do last Wednesday？
B: I went to Shanghai and visited the Bund.　
2. I saw a bin beside the tree.　
3. Can you pick them up for me？　
4. It’s New Year’s Day. Everyone is very excited.　
5. David is looking out of the window.
(1. went, Bund　2. bin　3. pick, up　4. Year’s, excited　5. looking out of)
四、 1. holiday　2. with　3. waste　4. planted　5. interesting
五、 1. C　2. D　3. B　4. E　5. A
六、 1. C　2. A　3. B　4. C　5. B　6. B　7. A　8. C　9. B　10. A
七、 1. Should we save trees？　
2. What are you going to do in the garden？
3. They are English girls.　
4. I didn’t visit the Shanghai Museum.　
5. It was nice to get your email.
八、 1. are having　2. to buy　3. watched　4. met　5. went　
6. men　7. listened　8. es　9. drive　10. to make
九、 1. play with　2. peach trees　3. funny　4. a pair of　5. draw
十、 1. A　2. C　3. B　4. A　5. B
十一、 略
Final Exam II
一、 1. Please try on these magic shoes.　
2. The mouse is laughing at the cat.　
3. We climbed up the hill.　
4. Did the fashion show go well?　
5. Two years ago, she couldn’t write.　
6. There was a heavy rain just now.　
7. A: Does this sign mean “No shouting”?
　 B: Yes, it does.　
8. Lily is looking out of the window.　
9. Can you make a sentence with “egg”?　
10. Jack and Peter e from the US












A.
(1. A　2. A　3. B　4. B　5. C　6. A　7. B　8. A　9. B　10. C)
二、 1. What was the weather like yesterday in Beijing?　
2. Did you water flowers last night?　
3. What did they do in the classroom?　
4. Is Nancy going to sweep the floor after class?　
5. Where did Mike go for the holiday?
(1. B　2. C　3. A　4. B　5. A)
三、 1. You can’t take your juice into the puter room.　
2. Now, she has e-friends from all over the world. She does shopping on the Internet.　
3. We saw some interesting parrots in the park.
(1. take, into　2. all over the world, does shopping　3. saw, interesting)
四、 1. sunny　2. flew　3. bee　4. made　5. libraries　
6. didn’t　7. clean　8. lived　9. more　10. find
五、 1. windy　2. wrote　3. bought　4. eat, drink
六、 1. B　2. C　3. C　4. A　5. C　6. B　7. A　8. A　9. A　10. B
七、 1. smoking　2. playing, play　3. went, didn’t　
4. are playing　5. was　6. Did, skating
八、 1. Did you visit the Shanghai Museum last National Day?　
2. What did your parents do for the National Day holiday?　
3. Does rubbish make the reading room messy and dirty?　
4. Are you going to buy any cakes?　
5. Did he bring any bread? No, he didn’t.
九、 1. are going to, clothes　2. protect, save, drive　3. to keep, walk
十、 1. B　2. D　3. H　4. E　5. I　6. A　7. J　8. G　9. C　10. F
十一、 1. T　2. F　3. F　4. F　5. F
十二、 1. C　2. A　3. C　4. B　5. A

网友回答

小学英语《练习与测试》听力材料和参考答案（译林版五下）
Unit 1 Cinderella
第一课时
一、1. e and help me 2. at the party 3. put on 4. her clothes 5. why are you
(l. A 2. B 3. A 4. C 5. B)
二、1. It's cool. Put on your coat, Helen. 2. A: Whose skirt is it? B: It's Nancy's.
3. Cinderella tries on the shoes.
4. A: Where are Yang Ling's gloves? B: They're under the bed.
5. Su Hai has a nice dress.
（略）
三、1. put on 2．help me 3．have to 4．take off 5. e back 6. at the party 7. 玩得高兴 8. 拜访每户家庭 9. 让我帮助你。 10. 试穿鞋
四、1. her 2. gloves 3. go 4. don't 5. doesn't 6. at
五、1. so sad, I don't have 2. has a good time 3. Many girls 4. at the prince's house
六、6 7 3 9 5 1 4 8 2
第二课时
一、1. A: Why are you so sad, Bobby? B: I can't go home now.
2. Please put on your socks.
3. I like reading the story about the Monkey King.
4. A: Can you draw a dress for me? B: Sure.
5. A: Can I help you? B: I'd like to try this pair of shoes on.
6. A: I'm thirty, e and help me. B: Drink some water, please.
(3 1 4 2 6 5)
二、1. Why are you sad? 2. I can't go to the party. 3. Where are my shoes?
4. What do you like? 5. Whose gloves are they?
(1. A 2. C 3. B 4. A 5. B)
三、1. C 2. B 3. C 4. A 5. B 6. B 7. A 8. B
四、1. go 2. don't, any 3. are, shoes 4. reading 5. visits 6. is
五、1. at twelve o'clock 2. has a good time 3. having a drink 4. reading storybooks
第三课时
一、1. This is a mushroom under the tree.
2. Today is Liu Tao's birthday.
3. These mushrooms are bad for us.
4. The fairy helps Cinderella.
5. Bobby wants to eat the mushroom.
6. Yang Ling is staying in bed, because she is ill.
(2 5 6 1 4 3)
二、1. Bobby finds some mushrooms beside the tree.
2. Mike puts on his coat because he feels cold.
3. Cinderella fits the shoe well.
4. Sam picks these red mushrooms.
5. We can't eat the red mushroom.
(1. F 2．T 3．T 4．F 5．T)
三、1. √ 2. × 3. √ 4. √ 5. √ 6. ×
四、1. hungry 2. takes 3. clothes 4. late 5. understand
五、1. I have some mushrooms. 2. There aren't any trees in the park.
3. We can't watch films at weekends. 4. Who helps Cinderella?
5. The girl tries on the shoes. 6. Does she have a good time? Yes, she does.
7. I'm sorry.
六、1. The girl does not have any nice clothes. 2. Are these red mushrooms bad for them?
3. Tom finds some nice food under the desk. 4. Why is Liu Tao not at home?
5. I have to go home at 4 o'clock in the afternoon.
七、helps, nice clothes, party, has, good, prince's, likes, home, shoe
Test for Unit 1
一、1. fairy 2. before 3. late 4. under 5. try on 6. why are 7. doesn't go
8. draw a dress 9. go to the party 10. Come and help me.
(l. A 2. B 3. B 4. A 5. C 6. B 7. C 8. A 9. B 10. A)
二、1. Why are you so sad? 2. When do we go home every day?
3. Who can help me with my English? 4. I don't have rubbers.
5. Yes, I'm very hungry.
(1. B 2. C 3. C 4. B 5. A)
三、A: Why are you so sad?
B: Because I can't go to the party.
A: Let me help you. There are some nice shoes and clothes.
B: Can I try them on?
A: Sure. But you have to take off before 12 o'clock.
(Why, Because, party, Let, nice, clothes, try, have, take, before)
四、1. √ 2. √ 3. × 4. √ 5. √ 6. ×
五、1. visits 2. reading 3. understand 4. helps 5. pick 6. clothes, shoes 7. leaves
六、1. B 2. C 3. A 4. B 5. A 6. C 7. B 8. B
七、1. go 2. likes reading 3. have 4. are 5. visits 6. does 7. does not 8. me
八、1. doesn't visit 2. Does, have, No, doesn't 3. When does Cinderella e back?
4. She doesn't have any dresses. 5. Why can't you go home? Because I'm ill.
6. Nancy is drawing a dog for her friend. 7. 略
九、1. don't, late 2. does, take off 3. leaves, behind 4. has, put on
十、1．B 2．D 3．B 4．B 5．A 6．C
十一、略
Unit 2 How do you e to school?
第一课时
一、1. It's far from our school. 2. How do you e to school? 3. My father is a bus driver.
4. I go to Shanghai by bus. 5. We live on Park Street.
(l. A 2. B 3. A 4. C 5. A)
二、1. It's late. Let's go to school by bus. 2. A: Shall we go to the zoo by taxi? B: OK. Let's go.
3. A: Look, it's my new home. B: Wow, it's very nice.
4. A: Do you like playing football? B: No, I don't. I like playing basketball.
5. Here is a new bike. You can go to school by bike.
6. A: How do you go to Beijing? B: By train.
(l. × 2.√ 3. √ 4.× 5. √ 6. ×)
三、1. a ship 2. a train 3. a bike 4. a taxi 5. a metro 6. a plane
四、1. by metro 2. What about you? 3. far from 4. go to the library 5. new house
6. a bus driver
五、1. Su Yang and I go to Nanjing by train.
2. I live in Sunshine Town and he lives on Park Street.
3. Nancy lives far from her school. 4. How do you go to the park? By bike.
第二课时
一、1. How does she e to school? 2. Where do they live?
3. How do you go to the library? 4. Where does Helen live?
5. What is your mother's job?
(1. A 2. A 3. B 4. B 5. C)
二、1. A: Where do you live? B: I live on Sun Street.
2. My school is near my home. We can go by bus.
3. A: How does Miss Li e back home? B: She es back home by car.
(l. Where, live, live on 2. near, by bus 3. does, es, by car)
三、1. driver 2. does 3. lives 4. feet 5. why 6. often 7. riding 8. new/young
四、1. C 2. B 3. B 4. B 5. A 6. C 7. B 8. A
五、1. does, live, lives 2. do, go 3. driver 4. is not 5. goes 6. e
六、1. B 2. D 3. E 4. A 5. C
七、1. F 2. T 3. T 4. T 5. F
第三课时
一、1. train 2. here 3. cool 4. ride 5. always
(l. A 2. C 3. B 4. A 5. C)
二、1. Bobby has a new bike. He likes riding a bike.
2. A: Nancy, how do you go to school? B: On foot.
3. Su Hai and Su Yang go to Beijing by plane this summer.
4. A: Hurry up, Mike. It's late. B: Let's go to the park by taxi.
5. Liu Tao and Yang Ling are taking the metro to school.
（略）
三、1. far from 2. 我不这样认为。 3. on foot 4. 太年轻 5. ride a bike
6. 坐在篮子里 7. show… to 8. 我不高兴。
四、1. riding 2. basket 3. show 4. cool 5. metro
五、1. I want to show you my bike. 2. I don't think so. 3. How does Sam go to school?
4. Where does Sam always sit? 5. Can you go to school on foot? Yes, I can.
六、略
Test for Unit 2
一、1. Do you like this model plane? 2. Where does your brother live?
3. How do Su Yang and Su Hai e to school? 4. Why are you late?
5. Is your school far from your home?
(1. A 2. B 3. B 4. A 5. B)
二、A: Do you like your new home?
B: Yes, I like it very much. But it's far from school.
A: How do you e to school?
B: I often e to school by bus. What about Su Hai?
A: Her home is near the school. She often rides a bike or es to school on foot.
(home, far from, How, e, bus, What, near, rides, bike)
三、1. Helen's home is not far from the school. 2. Wang Bing es to school by bike.
3. Let's go to Nancy's new home. 4. I live on Moon Street, near City Library.
5. I e to school by taxi with my sister. 6. Tom wants to be a doctor.
7. Su Hai and Su Yang live near the zoo. 8. He always sits beside the tree.
9. My new home is very big. 10. Let's go to Beijing by train.
(l. F 2. T 3. T 4. F 5. T 6. T 7. T 8. F 9. T 10. F)
四、1. × 2. √ 3. √ 4. × 5. √ 6. √
五、1. does, live 2. e 3. driver 4. do 5. lives
6. has 7. likes riding 8. wants, show 9. don't
六、1. B 2. A 3. C 4. B 5. C 6. B 7. B 8. C
七、1. I don't like my new home. 2. Is your home far from your school? No, it isn't.
3. Where does Yang Ling live? 4. How does Miss Li e to your school?
5. What does Bobby want to do? 6. Su Yang and her parents live far from her school.
7. I e to the cinema by metro. 8. 略
八、1. does, live, lives near 2. How, e, es, on foot 3. have, show, bike, you
4. far from, bus
九、1. F 2. F 3. F 4. F 5. T
十、略
Unit 3 Asking the way
第一课时
一、1. You can get on the metro at next street.
2. Tom can't find the station. He asks a policeman for help.
3. You can turn right at the traffic lights.
4. How do you get to the library on Moon Street?
5. Helen es out from City Library Station.
(l. B 2. C 3. A 4. B 5. A)
二、1. I'm ill. My mother wants to take me to the hospital.
2. Yang Ling can't find the post office. She asks a policeman for help.
3. You should turn left at the next street. 4. Yang Ling gets off the metro.
5. Let's walk to Moon Station. 6. A: Shall we go to the zoo? B: Good idea.
(2 4 6 1 5 3)
三、1. the bookshop 2. get to 3. Walk along 4. wants to 5. a cinema 6. next to
四、1. get 2. is 3. wants, visit 4. Go 5. find 6. walks
五、1. How does, get 2. Don't go along this street.
3. Does Yang Ling want to go to the bookshop? No, she doesn't.
4. He asks the policeman for help. 5. 略 6. Turn left at the traffic lights.
7. You can get on the metro at Park Station. 8. Helen es out from Moon Station.
第二课时
一、l. left 2. shoe 3. ship 4. sheep 5. right 6. supermarket 7. station 8. shop 9. along 10. street
(3 8 1 5 10 7 2 9 4 6)
二、1. Go along Mango Street. 2. How do I get to the bookshop?
3. Get off the metro at Park Station. 4. You can see many ships on your left.
5. Turn left at the traffic lights.
(l. F 2. F 3. T 4. T 5. F)
三、1. along 2. bookshop 3. Excuse 4. left 5. hospital 6. goes
四、l. A 2. C 3. A 4. B 5. C 6. B 7. A 8. B
五、1. Where, home, get to, turn right, lights 2. how, metro, get on, get off
3. matter, hospital, right 4. foot, along, street, see, school
第三课时
一、1. Where do they want to go? 2. How do I get to the cinema?
3. Which street is on your right? 4. Does she have any shoes?
5. What's in the street?
(1. C 2. C 3. B 4. A 5. A)
二、 Yang Ling and Nancy want to see a new film. They want to go to the Red Cinema by taxi. But there are many cars in the street, so they have to walk to the cinema. When they e to the cinema, it's too late. The film is over.
(see, new film, taxi, many, street, walk, late, over)
三、1. at the bus stop 2. over 3. full 4. so many 5. get to 6. get on
四、1. D 2. A 3. H 4. F 5. B 6. E 7. C 8. G
五、5 4 8 2 6 1 3 7
六、l. F 2. F 3. T 4. F 5. T
Test for Unit 3
一、1. bookshop 2. stop 3. full 4. get on 5. turn right 6. go along
7. You can see a bookshop on your left. 8. Go along Mango Street.
(l. B 2. C 3. B 4. A 5. B 6. A 7. B 8. C)
二、1. Where does Helen e out from? 2. You can see a cinema on your right.
3. How do you get to your school? 4. How do you go home? 5. What's in the street?
(1. A 2. B 3. B 4. A 5. C)
三、1. Helen wants to visit my new home.
2. Go along this street. then turn right at the traffic lights.
3. Miss Li's home is next to the supermarket. 4. Get off the metro at the Moon Station. 5. I wait for my friend at the bus stop.
(l. wants, home 2. along, street, right, traffic 3. next, supermarket 4. off, metro
5. friend, stop)
四、1. shoe, shirt, sheep 2. draw, drive, drink 3. try, train, trousers 4. next, get, let
五、1. ask the way 2. ask ... for help 3. next to 4. on your right 5. turn left
6. excuse me 7. traffic light 8. See you later. 9. get to 10. get off
六、1. C 2. B 3. A 4. A 5. B 6. B 7. A 8. C
七 1. Don't go along this street. 2. Does your brother want to go to school? No, he doesn't.
3. How do you get to your home? 4. What can you see on your left?
5. Where does Yang Ling get on the bus? 6. Liu Tao doesn't e out from the station.
7. My sister and I wait for the bus at the bus stop.
8. Walk along this street and turn right at the traffic lights.
八、l. C 2. B 3. C 4. B 5. A
九、1. T 2. F 3. T 4. F 5. F 6. F
十、略
Unit 4 Seeing the doctor
第一课时
一、1. fever 2. headache 3. dentist 4. cough 5. rest 6. sweets 7. see a doctor
8. Take some medicine and have a lot of rest.
(l. C 2. A 3. A 4. B 5. A 6. A 7. C 8. A)
二、1. A: What's wrong with you, boy? B: I have a headache. 2. I have a backache, doctor.
3. Helen has a bad cold. 4. Mum, my ears hurt.
5. A: What's wrong with you? B: I have a high fever.
6. A: Would you like some ice cream?
B: No, thank you. I can't eat anything. I have a toothache.
(l. × 2. √ 3. × 4. √ 5. × 6. ×)
三、1. wrong 2. headache 3. medicine, drink 4. brush 5. eat, sweets 6. doctor 7. rest
8. toothache
四、1. see the doctor 2. have a headache 3. brush teeth 4. drink water 5. eat a lot of sweets 6. feel cold 7. 服药 8. 发高烧
五、1. plays 2. drink 3. brush 4. goes 5. taking 6. you 7. has 8. eat
六、1. wrong, you 2. Does, go 3. do, feel 4. shouldn't, any
5. Helen should brush her teeth in the morning.
6. Take some medicine and drink some warm water.
第二课时
一、1. shouldn't 2. kitchen 3. beach 4. too many 5. drink warm water 6. take medicine
(l. B 2. C 3. A 4. A 5. A 6. B)
二、1. How do you feel now? 2. What's wrong with you?
3. What's wrong with your grandmother? 4. I have a bad cold. What should I do, doctor? 5. What should Helen do every day?
(1. A 2. C 3. A 4. A 5. C)
三、1. right 2. teeth 3. does 4. shouldn't 5. them 6. brushes 7. sweets 8. cannot
四、l. A 2. C 3. A 4. B 5. C 6. B 7. B 8. B
五、1. has, go 2. her, has 3. does 4. drink 5. eat 6. do, watch 7. have 8. has, have
六、1. How do, feel 2. wrong, you 3. shouldn't, any 4. should, do
七. 1. goes, see 2. have, at 3. has, toothache 4. brushes his 5. feel cold
第三课时
一、1. sometimes 2. either 3. hurt 4. put on 5. feel cold 6. She should not eat or drink.
(l. A 2. A 3. B 4. C 5. C 6. A)
二、1. A: How do you feel now? B: I feel cold. A: I can get a coat for you.
2. A: How do you feel now? B: I feel ill, doctor. A: Take some medicine, please.
3. A: How do you feel now? B: I feel hot. A: I can get an ice cream for you.
4. A: How do you feel now? B: I feel tired. A: Sit here and have some water.
5. A: How do you feel now? B: I feel sleepy. A: Here's a pillow for you.
6. A: What's wrong with you? B: I have a toothache.
(1 4 6 2 5 3)
三、1. √ 2. √ 3. × 4. √ 5. √ 6. ×
四、l. toothache 2. should 3. medicine 4. take 5. doctor
五、wrong, have, medicine, water, eat, can't, bad
六、1. eat, drink 2. points at 3. rest, drink 4. put on
七、1. F 2. T 3. T 4. F 5. T
Test for Unit 4
一、1. see 2. toothache 3. headache 4. brush 5. dentist 6. should 7. see a doctor
8. eat too many sweets 9.Take some medicine and drink some warm water.
10. You should have a good rest at home.
(1. A 2. B 3. A 4. A 5. C 6. C 7. B 8. B 9. C 10. A)
二、1. What's wrong with Tom? 2. I have a bad toothache. 3. How do you feel now?
4. Mike feels very tired. 5. I have a bad toothache. What should I do?
(1. C 2. A 3. C 4. A 5. B)
三、1. A: What's wrong with you?
B: I have a high fever.
A: Take some medicine and drink some warm water.
2. A: How does Yang Ling feel now?
B: She feels hot. She should take off her jacket.
(l. wrong, you, fever, medicine, drink 2. does, feel, feels, take off)
四、1. √ 2. × 3. √ 4. √ 5. × 6. √
五、1. feel hot 2. have a high fever 3. brush teeth 4. drink warm water
5. eat a lot of sweets 6. take some medicine 7. 睡觉前 8. 穿上她的外套
9. 多休息 10. 看牙医
六、1. them 2. teeth 3. get off 4. should not 5. well 6. brushes 7. sweet 8. put on
七、1. C 2. A 3. C 4. B 5. B 6. C 7. C 8. A 9. B 10. C
八、1. wrong, him 2. shouldn't, any 3. does, feel
4. Take some medicine and drink some warm water.
5. You should brush your teeth in the morning.
九、1. D 2. F 3. E 4. C 5. B 6. A 7. G
十、1. feel, take off 2. pointing at 3. take, medicine, drink 4. can't, any 5. does, feel, ill
十一、1．C 2．B 3．C 4．B 5．C
Project 1 Around our city
第一课时
一、1. fit 2. street 3. train 4. plane 5. mushroom 6. hospital 7. shop 8. turn left
9. get on 10. take the metro
(l. B 2. A 3. B 4. A 5. C 6. B 7. A 8. C 9. A 10. A)
二、1. Helen likes reading storybooks.
2. A: Where are you going, Liu Tao? B: I am going to the zoo.
3. A: What's wrong with you, Yang Ling? B: I have a toothache.
4. A: Let's go to school, Nancy. B: OK. But how? A: By metro.
5. A: What's wrong with you? B: I have a toothache. I eat too many sweets.
（略）
三、1. on your right 2. on foot 3. put on the coat 4. a taxi driver 5. take the metro
6. take some medicine 7. 沿着这条街道 8. 玩得开心 9. 去参加聚会
10. 乘公共汽车来学校
四、1. visit 2. brushing 3. off 4. by 5. near 6. the zoo
五、6 4 5 2 1 3
第二课时
一、1. A: What's wrong with you? B: I've got a fever.
2. A: Look at me. This is my new skirt. B: It's nice.
3. Let's go to the zoo by bus. 4. Turn right at the third traffic lights.
5. A: Why are you so sad? B: I have a bad toothache.
6. I want to buy many books from the bookshop.
(3 5 2 6 1 4)
二、1. Why are you so sad, Cinderella? 2. Where are my gloves?
3. How does Yang Ling go to school? 4. Where does Mike live?
5. I can't find the cinema. What should I do?
(1. A 2. C 3. C 4. B 5. C)
三、1. A 2. C 3. C 4. A 5. A 6. C 7. A 8. B 9. A 10. B
四、1. medicine, rest 2. es 3. does 4. read 5. runs 6. has
五、1. does, put on 2. do, go, metro 3. try, fit 4. turn left 5. e, by
第三课时
一、1. Yang Ling, you shouldn't eat too many sweets.
2. You can get off at the next bus stop.
3. A: What does Cinderella like? B: She likes dancing.
4. A: What's wrong with you, Grandpa? B: I've got a bad cold.
5. Let's go to the zoo by bike.
6. Yang Ling can't find the library. She asks a policeman for help.
(4 1 3 5 6 2)
二、1. A: Excuse me, how can I get to the bookshop?
B: You can go along this street. And then turn left on Moon Street.
A: Thanks a lot.
2. A: What's wrong with you?
B: I have a headache. I feel cold.
A: Let me check. You have a fever.
B: What should I do, doctor?
A: You should take some medicine and have a rest.
B: Thank you, doctor.
(l. get, go, street, turn left 2.wrong, headache, check, medicine, rest)
三、1. S 2. S 3. D 4. S 5. D 6. S
四、1. goes 2. does, e, walks 3. to visit 4. taking 5. him, has
五、1. Why does Nancy take off her coat?
2. I don't have any nice clothes or shoes.
3. How do you e to the bookshop?
4. You should take some medicine.
六、1. F 2. F 3. T 4. F 5. T
Test for Project 1
一、1. visit 2. driver 3. mushroom 4. finally 5. traffic 6. walk 7. check
8. on your left 9. get off 10. by metro
(l. A 2. B 3. A 4. B 5. A 6. C 7. A 8. A 9. C 10. A)
二、1. Where does Mike live? 2. I have a headache. What should I do, Helen?
3. What's wrong with your brother? 4. I can't find the bookshop on Moon Street.
5. Why don't you go to the party?
(1. B 2. A 3. A 4. C 5. B)
三、 Yang Ling lives on Moon Street. Liu Tao wants to visit Yang Ling's new house. But it's far from his house. He should get on the bus at Park Station and get off at City Library Station. Then he walks to Moon Street. Yang Ling's house is on his left.
(lives, wants, visit, far from, get, bus, at, walks, left)
四、1. D 2. S 3. D 4. S 5. S 6. D
五、1. driver 2. teeth 3. left/wrong 4. shouldn't 5. well 6. tries 7. parties 8. get off
六、1. get to the cinema 2. see a dentist 3. at a party 4. ask the way 5. at the bus stop
6. ask…for help 7. 刷你的牙 8. 好好休息 9. 在月亮街右转 10. 下地铁
七、1. C 2. A 3. B 4. C 5. A 6. A 7. B 8. B 9. A 10. B
八、1. D 2. G 3. A 4. C 5. B 6. E 7. F
九、1. does, go 2. shouldn't, any 3. do, live 4. Do you eat a lot of sweets?
5. The bookshop is on your left.
十、1. along, right, traffic 2. does, go, goes 3. eat, teeth 4. see, film
5. take, medicine, drink
十一、1. F 2. F 3. T 4. T 5. F
Unit 5 Helping our parents
第一课时
一、1. stand 2. go 3. white 4. girl 5. morning
(l. A 2. B 3. B 4. A 5. B)
二、1. cook dinner 2. clean the windows 3. wash the dishes 4. make the bed
5. help his parents 6. eat fruit in the living room
(4 1 2 5 3 6)
三、1. parent父；母 2. Saturday星期六 3. wash洗 4. mum妈妈 5. sleep睡觉 sleep绵羊
6. floor地板 7. clothes衣服 8. help帮助 9. dish盘子 10. morning上午 11. cousin表妹；
堂妹；表兄；堂兄 12. watch手表
四、1. doing 2. teeth 3. right 4. she 5. making 6. ing 7. their 8. running
五、1. help our parents 2. 做早饭 3. get to your home 4. 看起来好 5. help her 6. 我的表弟吉姆 7. by metro 8. 访问上海 9. wash clothes 10. 吃水果
六、1. A B 2. B C 3. B A 4. B A
七、1. D 2. A 3. F 4. E 5. B 6. C
八、1. Is she 2. you doing 3. I am, I'm not.／we are, we aren't 4. am sweeping
第二课时
一、1. sweep the floor 2. clean the car 3. clean the table 4. make the bed 5. wash the dishes
6. wash clothes
(2 3 1 6 4 5)
二、1. Are you doing your homework? 2. What's Yang Ling doing?
3. Shall we watch TV together? 4. Is your father having breakfast?
5. What can Jim do?
(1. C 2. A 3. C 4. C 5. A)
三、1. B 2. C 3. A 4. B 5. C 6. A 7. C 8. A 9. C 10. A 11. B 12. C 13. C
14. A 15. A
四、1. policemen 2. is watching 3. playing 4. Su Yang's, Her 5. skate 6. Is 7. cakes
8. Is, reading
第三课时
一、1. grape 2. sweep 3. black 4. dish 5. show
(1. A 2. A 3. B 4. A 5. C)
二、1. A: Liu Tao, watch TV, please. B: All right.
2. A: What are these, Su Hai? B: They're grapes.
3. Nancy, let's clean the tables.
4. A: Can you sweep the floor, Wang Bing? B: Sure.
5. A: Please wash clothes, Yang Ling. B: OK.
（连线略）
三、1. × 2. × 3.√ 4. √ 5. × 6. ×
四、1. playing with 2. aren't, playing chess 3. sweeping, floor 4. making, bedroom
五、1. Yang Ling, dancing 2. you, washing 3. time, doing, playing, Where, drawing, with
六、略
Test for Unit 5
一、1. /p/ 2. clothes 3. floor 4. dish 5. wash
(l. B 2. C 3. C 4. A 5. B)
二、1. Where is your brother? 2. Are there any students in the puter room?
3. What are you doing? 4. What is Wang Bing doing?
5. Do you cook rice every day?
(1. A 2. B 3. C 4. C 5. A)
三、Helen is jumping. Ben is sitting. Nancy is listening to music. David is swimming. Mike is singing.
(B C D E A)
四、Today is Sunday. Wang Bing and his family are busy. His mother is cleaning the house. His father is helping his mother. He is cleaning the desk. Wang Bing is making his bed. Wang Bing's grandparents are watering in the garden.
(are, cleaning the house, helping, cleaning, making, bed, watering)
五、1. C 2. C 3. B 4. C 5. A
六、1. him 2. me 3. his 4. my 5. writing 6. having 7. running 8. small
七、1. free 2. about 3. cleaning 4. jumping 5. homework
八、1. am doing 2. are playing 3. are singing 4. is sleeping 5. jumping 6. wash 7. run
8. am watching, is reading, is cleaning
九、1. C 2. B 3. C 4. B 5. C 6. C 7. C 8. B 9. B 10. C 11. B 12. C
十、1. He's, his 2. What's, doing 3. I'm doing 4. Is that 5. doesn't look
十一、1. I am doing my Maths homework. 2. Can you e and help me?
3. I am listening to music. 4. Can you guess what I am doing?
5. See you tomorrow afternoon.
十二、1. F 2. T 3. T 4. F 5. T
十三、略
Unit 6 In the kitchen
第一课时
一、1. sweeping 2. them 3. an English lesson 4. wash clothes 5. parent 6. tiger kite
7. sitting on a basketball 8. making a model plane 9. homework
10. sitting under the bed
(l. B 2. B 3. C 4. B 5. A 6. B 7. C 8. A 9. A 10. B)
二、1. bed 2. apple juice 3. soup 4. fish
(l. B 2. B 3. A 4. B)
三、six o'clock, es home, are cooking dinner, is washing some vegetables, wants to, some soup, with potatoes
四、1. Classes 2. us 3. libraries 4. magazines 5. play 6. watching 7. to buy
8. go skating
五、1. C 2. D 3. B 4. A
六、1. in the bedroom 2. in the evening 3. go home 4. cook meat with potatoes
5. wash vegetables 6. look for him 7. 一杯苹果汁 8. 美味！ 9. 一个了不起的厨师
10. 喜欢你
第二课时
一、1. bread 2. orange juice 3. potatoes 4. vegetables 5. meat 6. milk 7. bananas
8. tomatoes
(4 2 5 3 8 1 7 6)
二、 It is three o'clock in the afternoon. Classes are over. The students are going home. Gao Shan is looking for Wang Bing. Wang Bing isn't helping Miss Li in the office. He's playing basketball in the playground.
(three, Classes, over, going, for, helping, playing, in)
三、1. D 2. D 3. D 4. D 5. S 6. D
四、1. masks 2. studying 3. are watching 4. behind 5. us 6. bookshop 7. on 8. wash
9. much 10. swimming
五、Where, It's, Is, watching, it isn't, What, doing, playing with
六、1. Is Kate's bedroom big and nice? 2. What's on the wall? 3. What can you do?
4. I want to cook some potato soup for you. 5. What is the boy doing?
6. What is she doing? 7. Is there any juice in the bottle?
8. Is Miss Li singing an English song? 9. Are your parents sleeping in the bedroom?
10. I want to play football.
第三课时
一、1. Can you dance? 2. What can he do? 3. What are you doing?
4. Are they drinking water? 5. Are there any flowers in the garden?
(1. B 2. A 3. A 4. B 5. B)
二、1. My mother is washing clothes. 2. There are some apples on the plate.
3. I'm sweeping the floor. 4. Helen is making the bed.
5. Liu Tao is singing. 6. There are some books in the schoolbag.
(l. × 2. × 3.√ 4. × 5. √ 6. ×)
三、1. C 2. A 3. A 4. B 5. C 6. B
四、B H G D E
五、1. Where are 2. Are they 3. How many 4. Is there 5. Are there 6. Are they
六、略
Test for Unit 6
一、1. The girl is reading a book.
2. A: What are they doing? B: They are drawing some pictures.
3. A: What is he doing? B: He's reading newspaper.
4. Yang Ling and Helen are walking to school.
5. A: What are they doing? B: They're playing basketball.
6. The boy is riding a bike. 7. They're doing housework.
8. Look! Liu Tao is playing football.
(1 6 8 5 7 4 2 3)
二、1. My parents are cooking in the kitchen. 2. The students are having a Music lesson.
3. Nancy is making the bed. 4. The dog is playing with the ball.
5. A: How many puters are there in the puter room? B: There are twelve.
6. A: What is the boy doing? B: He's making a model plane.
7. A: Is the boy sweeping the floor? B: Yes, he is. 8. He goes to school on foot.
(l. √ 2. × 3. √ 4. √ 5. × 6. × 7. √ 8. ×)
三、1. What does Nancy like? 2. What's 20 and 21? 3. What is Jim doing?
4. What are these? 5. What time does Liu Tao have supper?
6. Does Mike have lunch at school?
(1. A 2. A 3. B 4. B 5. B 6. B)
四、 Today is Sunday. Su Hai and Su Yang are in the park. Su Yang is flying a kite. Su Hai is playing on the swings. Their friend Nancy is at home. She is doing her homework. Her Maths is not good. Su Hai will go and help her.
(l. T 2. F 3. F 4. F 5. F)
五、1. free 2. let us 3. their 4. running 5. learn 6. riding 7. her 8. supper
六、1. Sit 2. is singing 3. is making 4. jump 5. running 6. are, doing, dancing
7. Is, looking for 8. Are, laughing, are 9. is, are
七、1. kitchen, win, drink 2. help, vegetable, bread 3. food, soup, fruit 4. name, wait, game
八、l. C 2. A 3. C 4. B 5. B 6. B 7. B 8. A 9. B 10. C
九、1. Where, going 2. cleaning, sweeping, floor 3. Are, doing, I'm 4. What, helping, with
5. children are running, playground
十、1. B 2. A 3. C 4. B 5. C
十一、1. There are five. 2. She is doing some washing. 3. He's in the kitchen.
4. She is doing some cleaning. 5. No.
Unit 7 Chinese festivals
第一课时
一、1. people 2. children 3. February 4. day 5. dumpling 6. festival
(l. A 2. B 3. B 4. A 5. C 6. A)
二、1. rice dumpling 2. Christmas 3. the Double Ninth Festival 4. a rice cake
(1. A 2. B 3. A 4. B)
三、old people, parents, grandparents, climb mountains, eat rice cakes
四、1. the Spring Festival 2. September, October 3. rice dumplings 4. get, our family
5. watching 6. October, November
五、1. C 2. D 3. A 4. B
六、1. on 2. with 3. at 4. for 5. about 6. on
第二课时
一、1. winter 2. rice dumpling 3. spring 4. summer 5. autumn 6. Thanksgiving Day
7. Halloween 8. the Mid-Autumn Festival
(3 1 2 8 4 7 5 6)
二、 Spring es after winter. It is warm. The trees turn green. I often go rowing in the park. In summer, it is very hot and it often rains. I often go swimming with my friends. In Autumn, the days get shorter and the nights get longer. It's cool. I often go camping in the countryside. Winter starts in December. It's very cold. I often go skating and skiing.
(es, warm, turn, summer, rains, swimming, cool, December, cold, skating, skiing)
三、1. S 2. D 3. D 4. S 5. S 6. S
四、September, Teachers', ing, English, good, much, At, gives, masks, lanterns
五、D A B E C
六、1. like, very much 2. isn't going to 3. does, do 4. What season 5. Does, rain
6. Will you 7. is, doing
七、略
第三课时
一、1. winter 2. cool 3. snow 4. have 5. will
(1. C 2. C 3. A 4. A 5. B)
二、1. Christmas 2. Father's Day 3. Teachers' Day 4. the Mid-Autumn Festival
5. Chinese New Year 6. winter
(l. √ 2. × 3. √ 4. × 5. × 6. √)
三、1. D 2. A 3. D 4. D 5. A
四、1. do, Children's Day, presents 2. card, can, card, Thank 3. does, at, buys, makes
五、略
六、2 1 5 3 6 4
Test for Unit 7
一、1. Thursday 2. chicken 3.dumpling 4. interesting 5. food 6. map 7. summer
8. brother 9. lantern 10. parent
(l. D 2. B 3. C 4. B 5. A 6. C 7. B 8. D 9. A 10. B)
二、1. A: What do you usually do in spring? B: I usually go fishing.
2. A: What can you do in summer? B: I can go swimming.
3. A: What do you do in autumn? B: I go camping in autumn.
4. A: What do you usually do in winter? B: I usually go skating.
（略）
三、Mr White: Christmas is on the 25th of December. What holiday is after it?
David: New Year's Day.
Mr White: What do your parents usually do on New Year's Day?
David: They go to the cinema. And it's my favourite holiday. What about you?
Mr White: My favourite holiday is the Spring Festival.
David: Why?
Mr White: Because I like staying with my family.
(Christmas, December, is after, your parents, cinema, about, Spring, staying, my family)
四、1. interesting 2. Chinese 3. children 4. well
五、1. May Day 2. the Mid-Autumn Festival 3. The Double Ninth Festival
4. Chinese New Year 5. the Dragon Boat Festival 6. Children's Day
六、1. ing 2. draws 3. pulling 4. to watch 5. children
七、1. January or February 2. Do, watch, at 3. When's 4. What, your 5. Is, talking
6. day
八、1. H 2. C 3. E 4. F 5. G 6. B 7. A 8. D
九、1. A 2. C 3. A 4. B 5. C 6. C 7. C 8. B 9. C 10. B
十、1. F 2. T 3. F 4. T 5. T
十一、略
Unit 8 Birthdays
第一课时
一、1. have a great time 2. on your birthday 3. on the fourth of July
4. eat rice cakes 5. play some games
(1. B 2. A 3. B 4. B 5. C)
二、1. A: When's your birthday? B: It's on the 8th of April.
2. A: What are you doing there? B: I am having a birthday party with my friends.
3. A: When is the party? B: It's on the 11th of March.
4. A: What do you usually do in the afternoon? B: I usually play with Kitty the cat.
5. A: What are they doing? B: They are playing games.
6. A: Let's go and buy a birthday cake? B: OK!
(6 2 3 4 1 5)
三、1. B 2. B 3. C 4. A
四、1. with her parents 2. 玩得愉快 3. go to buy a birthday cake 4. 5月11日
5. have a birthday party 6. 来到聚会7. on the fourth of September 8. 吃面条
9. play puter games 10. 吃大餐 11. on your birthday 12. 吃生日蛋糕
五、1. When is Su Hai’s birthday party? 2. We always have a party at home.
3. We usually have a big dinner with our friends. 4. My birthday is on the fourth of August.
六、1. When, the fourth of July, What, do, have birthday parties
2. When, the ninth of October, What, do, play games
第二课时
一、1. July 2. Mar.1 3. twelfth 4. always 5. same 6. then
(l. B 2. B 3. C 4. A 5. C 6. C)
二、1. When's the Children's Day? 2. When is your uncle’s birthday?
3. Today is the fourth of October. What day is it tomorrow?
4. Which month is very hot?
(1. C 2. B 3. C 4. A)
三、1. √ 2. √ 3. × 4. × 5. √ 6. ×
四、1. when is 2. fourth 3. eighth 4. ninth 5. twentieth 6. fifth 7. third
8. twenty-second 9. twelfth 10. first
五、1. When, mother's, Her, on, nineteenth, June 2. What, do, buy, friends, play games
3. Do, have, they do 4. time, fun
六、1. F 2. F 3. T 4. F 5. F
第三课时
一、 Helen's birthday is on the 12th of May. Her mother's birthday is on the 13th of May. Today is the 11th of May. So, they are talking about their birthday party in the sitting room. They want to have their birthday party together. And they will have their birthday party on the 14th of May. They can sing songs together and play games at the party.
(l. B 2. A 3. B 4. A)
二、略 (1. A 2. B 3. A 4. A)
三、1. the first of February 2. open the door 3. the second number 4. the fourth day
5. be easy for him 6. e out 7. 擅长数学 8. 逃跑 9. 开始打架 10. 祝你生日快乐！
四、1. When, your sister's 2. What does 3. Then the cat es out from the door.
4. How can I open the door?
五、1. C 2. B 3. C 4. A
六、略
Test for Unit 8
一、1. the first of September 2. the thirteenth of July 3. the thirtieth of October
4. the second of May
(2 4 1 3)
二、1. When is your birthday? 2. Today is the 30th of April. What's the date is it tomorrow?
3. My sister's birthday is in October. When is her birthday?
4. Which month es after June?
5. What does she usually do on her birthday?
(1. C 2. B 3. B 4. B 5. A)
三、A: When is your birthday?
B: It's on the first of June. It's also the Children's Day.
A: What do you do on your birthday?
B: I usually have a birthday party with my parents and grandparents. Then, I play games with my friends. We have a lot of fun.
(When, first, June, also, Day, What, usually, party, parents, play games, fun)
四、1. × 2. √ 3. √ 4. × 5. √ 6. √
五、1. fifth 2. twelfth 3. ninth 4. twentieth 5. fourth 6. when is 7. 31st 8. 3rd
9. second 10. eighth
六、1. have a birthday party 2. eat noodles 3. in May 4. on the third of March
5. eat the birthday cake together 6. play puter games 7. be easy for me 8. e out
9. 开始打架 10. 逃跑
七、1. B 2. C 3. C 4. B 5. A 6. C 7. B 8. B
八、1. When's 2. Jim's 3. are, fifth 4. eat 5. to e 6. swimming 7. ninth
8. a lot of/lots of 9. does
九、1. don't eat 2. Does, swim, No, doesn't 3. does, do 4. We always have a party at home.
5. Then they play with the cat Kitty. 6. 略
十、1. E 2. C 3. B 4. D 5. A
十一、1. T 2. F 3. F 4. F 5. F
十二、略
Project 2 My important days
第一课时
一、1. potato 2. Sept.15 3. year 4. the Dragon Boat Festival 5. thirty-three songbirds sitting in the tree 6. Helen often helps her mother wash dishes. 7. Mr Black is talking to his son about holidays. 8. She often goes walking in the countryside.
(l. B 2. B 3. C 4. C 5. A 6. B 7. A 8. A)
二、1. A: What are you doing? B: I'm washing the dishes.
2. Let's eat the cake together.
3. Tomorrow is my birthday. Can you e to my birthday party and join us?
4. A: What date is it today? B: It's the fourth of May.
5. Let's go to the supermarket and buy some things.
6. I am helping Helen with her housework.
(1. × 2. × 3. √ 4. × 5. √ 6. ×)
三、1. help our parents 2. 洗蔬菜 3. smell nice 4. 一个了不起的厨师 5. get together
6. 赶跑 7. go to buy a birthday cake 8. 重阳节 9. some apple juice 10. 开始打架
四、1. them, are doing 2. isn't, are 3. is, helping 4. When's, the twelfth
5. Children's, the first
五、1. There is a bottle of juice in the fridge.
2. Is your father playing football in the playground? No, he isn't.
3. When's the birthday party? 4. What do you often do at your birthday party?
5. The Double Ninth Festival is in October or November.
第二课时
一、1. What is Mike's mother doing? 2. Are Su Hai and Su Yang playing games now?
3. When is the Mid-Autumn Festival? 4. My birthday is in February. When's my birthday?
5. How many spots do the good ladybirds have?
(1. C 2. C 3. A 4. B 5. B)
二、 My birthday is on the ninth of November. Look at this picture. I am having a birthday party with my parents. My favourite festival is Chinese New Year. Look at this picture. I am eating dumplings.
(ninth, November, having, party, parents, Chinese New Year, eating dumplings)
三、1. third 2. washes 3. interest 4. colourful 5. children 6. yesterday 7. funny
8. February
四、1. B 2. C 3. A 4. C 5. C 6. A 7. B 8. C 9. C 10. A
五、1. C 2. G 3. F 4. B 5. A 6. D 7. E
第三课时
一、1. June 2. spring 3. second 4. fifth 5. clothes
(l. B 2. C 3. A 4. B 5. B)
二、1. A: What does Mike like? B: He likes playing puter games.
2. A: Shall we go to the park? B: All right. Let's go and see the butterflies.
3. A: What day is it today? B: It's Thursday. It's Miss Li's birthday.
4. Yang Ling's favourite Festival is Spring Festival.
5. Liu Tao is singing a song on New Year's Day.
（略）
三、1. making 2. swimming 3. potatoes 4. bread 5. when is 6. December 7. twenty-first
8. 3rd
四、1. The children are riding their bikes. 2. He is helping Gao Shan with his English.
3. What is she doing? 4. When does Tom always sing songs?
5. Does it often rain here in summer? Yes, it does.
五、1. B 2. C 3. B 4. A 5. C
Test for Project 2
一、1. sleep 2. clean the bed 3. March 4. talk 5. There isn't any apple juice in the fridge.
6. My birthday is on the 11th of July.
(l. B 2. C 3. B 4. B 5. C 6. A)
二、1. A: Hi, Helen. What's your favourite festival? B: I like the Spring Festival best.
2. A: What are you doing, Bobby? B: I am watching TV.
3. A: Lucy, tomorrow is the Children's Day. B: Yes, tomorrow is my birthday, too.
4. A: I am thirsty. Is there any water in the bottle? B: Yes, there is.
5. A: What do you do after school, Wang Bing? B: I often fly the kite in the park.
6. A: Is Lily reading in the study? B: No, she isn't. She is listening to English.
(l. T 2. F 3. T 4. F 5. T 6. F)
三、1. It's the third of January. It's Helen's birthday.
2. Mother's Day is on the second Sunday of May.
3. There are some potatoes and some soup in the fridge.
4. Is she looking for the meat?
5. My parents are eating the cakes.
(l. third, January, birthday 2. Mother's, second, May 3. potatoes, soup 4. looking, meat 5. eating, cakes)
四、1. S 2. S 3. S 4. D 5. D 6. S 7. D 8. S
五、1. clean the table 2. look for some meat 3. in May and June 4. on the fourteenth of August 5. 谈论 6. 最喜欢的节日 7. 许多害虫 8. 做早饭
六、1. are watching 2. Are, sweeping, aren't 3. cook, cooking 4. are going, shopping
5. washing, me 6. some, aren't
七、1. sweeping, floor 2. looking for 3. tomatoes, fridge 4. October, November 5. often, on
八、1. D 2. H 3. F 4. A 5. G 6. I 7. J 8. B 9. C 10. E
九、 eleventh, April, singing, making, Mid-Autumn Festival, September, October, look, eating, are having
十、1. A 2. A 3. B 4. C 5. A
Final Exam I
一、1. party 2. on 3. how 4. bike 5. shop 6. sweet 7. watch 8. meat 9. rice 10. May
(l. C 2. A 3. C 4. A 5. B 6. C 7. B 8. C 9. A 10. C)
二、1. Helen turns left at the traffic lights. 2. I have a toothache, because I eat a lot of sweets.
3. I brush my teeth in the morning.
4. A: What is Yang Ling doing? B: She is doing her homework.
5. People often climb mountains at Double Ninth Festival.
6. A: What do you do on your birthday? B: I usually eat the birthday cake on my birthday.
(4 6 1 5 3 2)
三、1. Cinderella puts on the new clothes and shoes. 2. How do you go home?
3. They all have a great time. 4. He's going to Japan in May.
(4 2 1 3)
四、1. Why does Liu Tao take off his jacket? 2. Would you like a big red mushroom?
3. What do people eat at Spring Festival? 4. Who's washing the dishes?
5. When's Mid-Autumn Festival?
(1. A 2. B 3. A 4. C 5. C)
五、1. She has a good time at the party. 2. Her father is a taxi driver.
3. You should have a rest. 4. There isn't any apple juice in the fridge.
5. We have a great time.
(1. T 2. F 3. F 4. F 5. T)
六、1. A: Where do you live?
B: I live near the park.
A: How do you go to school?
B: On foot.
2. A: When's your birthday?
B: It's on the eighteenth of October.
A: What do you do on your birthday?
B: I usually eat some noodles.
(l. live, near, go, foot 2. When's, on, October, do, eat, noodles)
七、1. metro 2. turn right 3. dumplings 4. sweep the floor 5. bread 6. play games
八、1. D 2. A 3. B 4. D 5. C
九、1. has 2. cannot 3. teeth 4. potatoes 5. Sept. 6. 21st
十、1. C 2. B 3. C 4. A 5. C 6. B 7. A 8. C 9. C 10. A
十一、1. has 2. does 3. do 4. tries, does 5. hurts 6. cooking 7. tomatoes 8. are 9. eat
10. twelfth
十二、1. E 2. G 3. F 4. D 5. H 6. A 7. B 8. C
十三、1. What do you do on your birthday? 2. Let us eat the birthday cake together.
3. People eat rice dumplings at this festival. 4. How many spots does this ladybird have?
5. I like to sit and listen to the English songs. 6. He goes to see the dentist.
十四、1. Whose shoes, try 2. How, you get 3. aren't any 4. When's, birthday
十五、1. B in 2. C at 3. B tries on 4. C do
十六、(A) 1. F 2. F 3. F 4. T 5. F (B) 1. F 2. T 3. F 4. F 5. F
十七、略
Final Exam I
I
一、1. park 2. cold 3. fit 4. foot 5. driver 6. metro 7. round 8. get off 9. have lunch
10. She's washing clothes.
(l. B 2. A 3. C 4. A 5. B 6. C 7. A 8. B 9. C 10. B)
二、1. A: What's wrong with Tom? B: He has a fever. What should he do?
2. What's wrong with you? 3. How can I go to the bookshop?
4. What are they doing in the afternoon? 5. What's Mike looking for in the fridge?
(1. A 2. B 3. C 4. B 5. A)
三、1. Bobby and Sam wait for the bus at the bus stop.
2. A: What's wrong with you? B: I've got a headache.
3. A: What is Mike doing? B: He is making the bed.
4. A: What do people do on Mother's Day? B: They give their mothers presents.
5. A: What do people do at Spring Festival? B: People get together with their family.
6. A: When's your birthday, Helen? B: It's on the twentieth of April.
(1. √ 2. × 3. × 4.√ 5．× 6.√)
四、1. Why are you so sad, dear? 2. I e to school by metro.
3. You can see the bookshop on your right. 4. How do you get to school?
5. There isn't any orange juice in the fridge.
(1. F 2. T 3. F 4. T 5. F)
五、1. My birthday is on the fourth of October. I usually eat a birthday cake and play some games.
2. Winter is in December, January, February. In Winter, it's cold. We can make snowmen.
(l. fourth, October, eat, cake, games 2.December, February, cold, snowmen)
六、1. B 2. A 3. A 4. C 5. B 6. C 7. A 8. C 9. A 10. C
七、1. have to 2. 整理床铺 3. ask the way 4. 交通灯 5. go shopping 6. 赛龙舟
7. take off 8. 走了，离开 9. see the doctor 10. 指着，指向
八、1. B 2. B 3. A 4. C 5. C 6. B 7. C 8. B 9. B 10. B
九、1. put on 2. teeth 3. me 4. meat 5. get to
十、1. E 2. D 3. J 4. A 5. G 6. C 7. B 8. L 9. K 10. F 11. I 12. H
十一、1. She should e back before twelve o'clock.
2. The wheels on the bus go round and round.
3. She gets to the cinema by taxi, but the film is over.
4. My cousin Lucy es in the morning.
5. They are talking about the present for Mum.
十二、f d c e b a
十三、October, birthday, friends, having, party, cake, have, play, have, great/good
十四、1. C by car 2. C eating fruit 3. A There is 4. C fifth
十五、(A)1. F 2. T 3. F 4. F 5. T (B) 1. C 2. B 3. A 4. A 5. C
十六、略

网友回答

小学英语《练习与测试》听力材料和参考答案（译林版五上）
Unit l　Goldilocks and the three bears
第一课时

一、 1. afraid　2. beside　3. soft　4. hard　5. between　6. in front of
(4 1 2 3 5 6)
二、 1. What a beautiful house！　
2. There is some soup on the table.　
3. There are three bears in front of Mike.　
4. Here’s a glass of milk for you.　
5. This bed is just right.
(1. B　2. C　3. B　4. B　5. C)
三、 1. too cold，too hot　2. too soft　3. very hard　4. between　
5. in front of　6. beside　7. under　8. behind
四、 1. forest　2. There is，What　
3. hungry，thirsty，There is　
4. too，too hot，right　
5. tired，There are, hard，soft，just right　
6. afraid，There are，front，are
第二课时
一、 1. There is a football under the bed.　
2. There are some bears on the sofa.　
3. There is a beautiful house.　
4. There are some dolls on the bed.　
5. There are three bears in front of me. I'm afraid.　
6. There is some soup on the table.
(6 5 3 2 1 4)
二、 1. between　2. tired　3. hard　4. juice　5. sister
(1. A　2. B　3. B　4. A　5. B)
三、 1. are　2. is　3. are　4. is　5. has　6. have　7. has　8. has
四、 1. B　2. B　3. B　4. A　5. B　6. B　7. B　8. A
五、 1. There are three bears in the room.　
2. That soup is just right.　
3. There’s a beautiful house in the forest./ There’s a house in the beautiful forest.
4. Rice is popular in China.　
5. These beds are too soft.
六、 1. afraid　2. hungry and thirsty　3. has　4. There’s　5. There are　
6. can’t　7. are　8. have　9. any　10. find
第三课时
一、 1. The girl is between the two bears.　
2. There is a dog in front of me.　
3. This soup is just right.　
4. Let’s go and have a picnic.　
5. I can’t find my cousin.　
6. Really？
(1. B　2. B　3. B　4. C　5. C　6. A)
二、 1. This soup is too cold.　
2. There are two bears in front of me.　
3. The boy is hungry and thirsty.　
4. There aren’t any cakes here.　
5. There is an umbrella behind the window.
(1. T　2. F　3. F　4. T　5. F)
三、 1. B　2. C　3. C　4. B　5. A
四、 1. hungry，grapes，are　2. are，find，any　3. What’s，are，books，under，are
五、 1. There are six pears on the table.　
2. There aren’t any pies in the fridge.　
3. Here are the cakes.　
4. Can you see any grapes on the table？　
5. There aren’t any flowers in the park.　
6. are，chairs，an/one
Test for Unit 1
一、 1. There are some hamburgers on the plate.　
2. There is a dog in the box.　
3. There are four glasses on the table.　
4. There are some umbrellas in front of the door.　
5. There are some cakes in the box.　
6. There is an apple on the tree.
(1. ×　2. ×　3. √　4.×　5. ×　6. ×)
二、 1. I cannot see any juice in the fridge.　
2. Tina and Bobby find their cousin.　
3. There are some sweets in the box.　
4. There are some books on the table.　
5. There are three bears in front of me.　
6. There is some soup on the table.
(3 1 6 2 4 5)
三、 1. What’s in the bedroom？　
2. Are you afraid？　
3. A: What’s the matter？　
B: I’m cold.　
4. Where are the mangoes？　
5. What can you see in the picture？　
6. Can you see the rulers？
(1. A　2. C　3. B　4. C　5. B　6. A)
四、 1. are five apples　2. is some juice　3. is a bird　4. is a bear　5. are three beds
五、 1. A　2. B　3. C　4. A　5. A
六、 1. is　2. are　3. skating　4. has　5. is　6. These　7. father’s　8. aren’t
七、 1. C　2. A　3. D　4. B　5. F　6. G　7. E　8. H　9. I　10. J
八、 1. E　2. C　3. B　4. A　5. F　6. D
九、 1. are，desks，in　2. aren’t any eggs，fridge　
3. too hard，too soft 4. What’s on
5. Is there a lovely dog in the living room?
十、 (A) 1. T 2. F 3. T (B) I’m sorry. I can’t find my way home. I am hungry and tired. (答案不唯一) (C) A
Unit 2　A new student

第一课时
一、 Hello，I’m Nancy Black. This is my school. Let me show you around. These are our classrooms. They are on the first floor. The music room is on the second floor. I like music. Are there any puter rooms？Of course，there are two puter rooms on the third floor. Beside the puter rooms，there is a table tennis room. We also have a library. It's on the third floor too. Do you like reading books？Let's go and have a look！
(1F—classroom; 2F— music room; 3F—puter room, table tennis room, library)
二、 1. There are 24 classrooms in my school.　
2. This is an art room.　
3. The puters are on the first floor.　
4. How many students are there in your class？　
5. I’m new here. Can you show me around？　
6. It's time for Music. Let’s go to the music room.　
7. Let’s go and play table tennis.
(1. B　2. A　3. A　4. A　5. A　6. B　7. C)
三、 1. libraries　2. any　3. the first　4. Where　5. her　6. Is，an　7. desks　8. have a look
四、 1. tree，There are，are there，There are
2. This is，new，show，around　
3. Are，any，puter rooms，the second
五、 A C E D B F H G
六、 1. Yes, there are./No, there aren’t.
2. Yes, there is./No, there isn’t.
3. There are … classrooms in my school.
第二课时
一、 1. How many music rooms are there in your school？　
2. Are there any puter rooms？　
3. What’s in the classroom？　
4. Are you a new student？　
5. It’s time for P









E.
(1. B　2. B　3. C　4. B　5. A)
二、 1. These are the music rooms.　
2. There is an art room on the third floor.　
3. Are there any footballs in the classroom？　
4. There aren’t any pictures in the classroom.　
5. We go to the playground and play basketball.　
6. Is there an English lesson this afternoon？
(1. F　2. F　3. T　4. T　5. F　6. T)
三、 1. T　2. F　3. F　4. T　5. T　6. F
四、 1. the first　2. Are　3. mangoes　4. any　5. the second　6. Is　7. are　8. These
五、 1. C　2. B　3. B　4. B　5. C　6. C　7. C　8. B
六、 1. How many classrooms are there in our school？　
2. The library is on the third floor.　
3. My sister and I sing and dance./ My sister and I dance and sing.
4. This is the ground floor in the UK.　
5. Are there any pictures in your classroom?
第三课时
一、 1. Bobby is on the swing. He is afraid.　
2. The girl is dancing.　
3. There is a music room on the second floor.　
4. Look! There is a swing. Let’s go and play.　
5. A: How many puter rooms are there in your school?　
B: There are three.　
6. A: Push me, Bobby!　
B: Oh, you’re so heavy, Sam!
(4 2 1 3 6 5)
二、 1. twenty-four classrooms　2. library, second　
3. puter rooms, the third floor　4. in the playground　
5. on the swing　6. too high　7. dinner, home
一、 1. A　2. C　3. C　4. C　5. B　6. A
四、 1. Is, playground　2. Are, swings　3. are there, two　4. is, books
五、 1. What’s in the park?　
2. How many students are there in the class?　
3. Where are Bobby and Sam?　
4. Is there a glass of milk?　
5. Yang Ling is on the swing.
Test for Unit 2
一、 1. Alice and I sing and dance.　
2. Bobby is on the swing. He is afraid.　
3. There are eight desks and eight chairs in the classroom.　
4. A: Is there an art room?　
B: Yes, there is.　
5. There are many books in the library.　
6. Look! There is a football there. Let’s go and play.
(1.√　2. √　3. √　4. ×　5. √　6. ×)
二、 1. Let’s go to the library.　
2. The classrooms are on the first floor.　
3. Can you show her around?　
4. A: What can your sister do?　
B: She can dance.　
5. It’s too high. I’m afraid.　
6. Bobby is on the swing.
(1. A　2. B　3. A　4. B　5. A　6. B)
三、 1. A: Hello, I’m a new student. Can you show me around?　
B: Sure, these are the classrooms.　
2. A: How many art rooms are there in your school?　
B: There are two.　
3. A: Are they on the second floor?　
B: Yes, they are.　
4. A: Are there any music rooms?　
B: Yes, there are three.
(1. new, show, these, classrooms　2. How, art rooms, your, two　3. second　4. any music, three)
四、 1. nice, juice　2. cool, climbing, picnics　
3. wele, puter　4. sing, dance, juice
五、 1. twenty-six, first　2. music rooms　3. puter rooms, third　4. two, second　
5. library, third
六、 1. B　2. C　3. B　4. B　5. C
七、 1. at　2. mangoes　3. on　4. in　5. for　6. Is
八、 1. Are there any students in the library?　
2. The classrooms are on the first floor.　
3. There aren’t any art rooms in our school.　
4. Are they on the first floor? Yes, they are.　
5. What’s in the classroom?　
6. for PE, Let’s, playground
九、(A) 1. B　2. C　3. C　4. C　5. C　
(B) Yes. /Of course! Let me show you.　
(C)1. Yes, I do./No, I don’t.
2. Yes, there is./No, there isn’t.
Unit 3　Our animal friends

第一课时
一、 1. a swing　2. a leg　3. an arm　4. a tail　5. a foot　6. a body
(5 3 1 4 2 6)
二、 1. B　2. A　3. A　4. B　5. B
三、 1. B　2. D　3. F　4. C E　5. A
四、 1. monkey，arms　2. dog，eyes，legs　3. monkeys，tails，eyes　4. have，ears/bodies，bodies/ears
第二课时
一、 1. A: Hello, Liu Tao. Do you have animal friends?　
B: Yes, my animal friends have swings.　
2. I’m Yang Ling. My animal friend can swim in the river.　
3. I’m Miss Li. My animal friend is white. It has red eyes.　
4. A: Mike, do you have an animal friend?　
B: Yes, it can catch mice.　
5. I’m Su Hai. My animal friend can jump and run.
(Liu Tao—birds Yang Ling—fish Miss Li—rabbit Mike—cat Su Hai—dog)
二、 1. B　2. C　3. A
一、 1. have　2. have　3. has　4. has, have　5. have　6. have, have
四、 1. E　2. C　3. F　4. A　5. D　6. B
五、1. Do you have an animal friend?　
2. It has red eyes and big feet./ It has big eyes and red feet.
3. You can see pandas in China.　
4. Does Helen have big gloves? Yes, she does.　
5. He does not like sunny weather.
六、 6 4 5 7 2 1 3
第三课时
一、 1. I have an animal friend. It has eight legs and two arms.　
2. Look at my animal friends. They have long tails.　
3. There is a cake on the table.
(1. A　2. B　3. A)
二、 1. I have an animal friend. It’s white. It has long ears and red eyes.
It has four legs and a short tail. It can run.　
2. My animal friend has a big mouth and big eyes.
It has no feet or legs, but it has a big body. It can swim.
(1. have, white, has, eyes, has, legs, tail, run　
2. has, mouth, eyes, feet, legs, body, swim)
三、 1. C　2. B　3. A　4. B　5. B
四、 1. There are, our　2. have, tails　3. Does, have, does　4. can fly　5. has, body
五、 Do, animal, do, have, has, legs, about, have, have, tails, eyes, funny/lovely/cute
六、(A) 1. F　2. T　3. T　4. F　5. F　(B) They are rabbit and fish.
Test for Unit 3
一、 1. The fish have big bodies.　
2. The elephant has big feet.　
3. He has a small rabbit.　
4. Does Yang Ling like parrots?　
5. There are some books in the library.
(1. C　2. B　3. C　4. A　5. A)
二、 1. There are many students in the playground.　
2. My animal friend has big eyes and a big body.　
3. A: Look at the tiger. Does it have long ears?　
B: Yes, it does.　
4. The elephant has big ears and a big body.　
5. I have an animal friend. It has a long tail.　
6. Look, this is my animal friend. It can fly.
(1. T　2. T　3. F　4. T　5. F　6. T)
三、 1. There are three rooms on the second floor.　
2. A: What does she have?　
B: She has a beautiful picture.　
3. A: Do you have any cakes?　
B: No, I don’t.　
4. It has eight legs and a small body.　
5. Su Hai’s parrot has a big mouth and a long tail.
(1. There are, second　2. does, have, has, picture　3. Do, cakes, don’t　4. has, legs, body　5. mouth, long tail)
四、 1. summer, sun, sunny　2. Tuesday, use, puter, music
五、 1. C　2. A　3. B　4. C　5. A
六、 1. Does, have　2. What can you do？　3. aren’t　
4. No, don’t　5. How many　6. Can you see kangaroos in Australia?
七、 1. has　2. friends　3. can’t　4. classrooms　5. isn’t
八、 1. Does, does　2. have　3. is　4. has　5. can　6. am　7. Are　8. short　9. Do
九、 2 1 3 8 7 4 6 5 9 10
十、 What, animals, many, are, There are, has, has, tail, There is, eyes/ears
十一、 1. B　2. A　3. B　4. C　5. My favourite animal is … 6. No, she doesn’t.　7. 一只可爱的宠物
Unit 4　Hobbies
第一课时
一、 1. I like reading books.　
2. Liu Tao likes singing.　
3. Helen likes watching films.　
4. I can dance.　
5. Mike is good at drawing.　
6. Su Hai likes playing the piano.
(4 2 5 3 1 6)
二、 1. play the piano　2. sing a song　3. play table tennis　
4. play basketball　5. draw pictures　6. watch films
三、 1. playing basketball/football, football/basketball　
2. draw, park with　3. also, tennis　4. lot of　5. likes dancing, films/movies
四、 1. B　2. C　3. C　4. A　5. B　6. Yes, he does.　7. My hobby is …
第二课时
一、 1. A: Do you like swimming, Liu Tao?　
B: Yes, I do.　
2. A: What do you like doing, Mike?　
B: I like playing football.　
3. A: Does Su Hai like dancing?　
B: No, she likes drawing.　
4. A: What does Helen like doing?　
B: She likes dancing.　
5. A: Does Yang Ling like reading books?　
B: Yes, she does.
(Liu Tao—swimming Mike—playing football Su Hai—drawing Helen—dancing Yang Ling—reading books)
二、 1. yellow, Yes　2. young, years
三、 3 1 4 5 2
四、 1. A　2. C　3. B　4. A　5. B
五、 1. Do you, skating　2. can’t skate　3. Are you, swimming, I am　
4. What does, doing　5. Let’s go skating this afternoon.
六、 1. Yes, I do./No, I don’t.　
2. My father likes …　
3. My mother usually … on Saturdays.　
4. I like … after school.　
第三课时
一、 1. I like playing football.　
2. Helen likes drawing.　
3. I have a good idea.　
4. Liu Tao can skate very well.　
5. I’m cold and wet.
(1. C　2. A　3. B　4. A　5. B)
二、 1. E　2. D　3. A　4. F　5. B　6. C
三、 1. Does Mary like playing football?　
2. Billy and Sam talk about their hobbies./ Sam and Billy talk about their hobbies.
3. You are really good at skating.　
4. She also likes playing the piano.　
5. Su Hai and Su Yang both like watching films./ Su Yang and Su Hai both like watching films.
四、 1. do, doing, drawing, drawing, good, dancing　
2. This, does, doing, likes reading, swimming
五、 1. likes playing, Sundays　2. does, like, after, likes　
3. piano, morning　4. both like, tennis　5. has, lot of, reading
六、 1. F　2. F　3. T　4. F　5. F
Test for Unit 4
一、 1. She likes playing table tennis.　
2. A: What does the girl like doing?　
B: She likes watching films.　
3. A: Does he like swimming?　
B: No, he likes drawing.　
4. I’m good at playing the piano.
(1. A　2. B　3. B　4. A)
二、 1. Does Helen like playing the piano?　
2. What does he like doing?　
3. Let’s go and watch films.　
4. Are you good at PE?　
5. He likes reading books.
(1. A　2. C　3. A　4. B　5. B)
三、 1. I like playing the piano.　
2. Liu Tao likes singing.　
3. A: Does she like drawing?　
B: Yes, she does.　
4. Helen is good at dancing.　
5. A: What do you like doing?　
B: I like reading books.
(1. playing, piano　2. likes singing　3. Does, drawing, does　
4. good at　5. do, doing, reading)
四、 1. Saturday, Sunday, playing, playground　2. young, yellow
五、 1. B　2. A　3. A　4. C　5. B　6. B　7. B　8. C　9. B　10. B
六、 1. G　2. C　3. F　4. A　5. H　6. B　7. E　8. D
七、 1. What does　2. No, doesn’t　3. Does, like　
4. We both like skating.　5. Does she like wearing yellow?
八、 1. look at, drawing, doing, playing, piano　
2. Are, playing, doing, dancing, likes dancing
九、 1. Yes, he does.　2. He likes playing football.　
3. No, he doesn’t.　4. He likes swimming.　5. Yes, he does.
十、 (A)1. F　2. T　3. T　4. F　(B)她们看上去长得很像。
十一、 swimming, dancing, watching TV, go shopping, usually reads books (答案不唯一)
Project l　An animal school
第一课时
一、 1. The girl is between the two bears.　
2. There’s a car in front of the house.　
3. The art room is on the third floor.　
4. It has a long tail and a big mouth. It can climb trees. What is it?　
5. She likes watching films.
(1. B　2. C　3. A　4. A　5. B)
二、 1. Who are you?　
2. Does Su Hai have an animal friend?　
3. How many art rooms are there in our animal school?　
4. What does Liu Tao like doing?　
5. Are there any puter rooms in the animal school?
(1. C　2. A　3. B　4. A　5. C)
三、 1. in front of him, afraid　2. a new student, show him around　
3. two animal friends, the other　4. is good at/does well in
四、 1. is　2. libraries　3. between　4. third　5. have　6. dancing
五、 1. C　2. C　3. B　4. C　5. B　6. C
六、 1. Where’s　2. Does, have　3. What does, like doing　4. My classroom is on the first floor. (答案不唯一)
第二课时
一、 1. This is the Art teacher of the animal school. She has two wings and a beautiful tail.　
2. This is the Music teacher of the animal school. She has a small mouth and two wings. She can sing a lot of songs.　
3. The PE teacher in the animal school has a big body. He has no legs or arms. He can swim.　
4. The Science teacher has long ears and red eyes. She likes running and jumping. She likes reading too.　
5. The Chinese teacher is green and yellow. It has two legs and two wings. It has a big mouth and a long tail. It can talk and fly. It likes reading stories.
(1. C　2. B　3. A　4. C　5. A)
二、 1. A: What does Su Yang like doing?　
B: She likes playing the piano.　
2. A: This is my friend Tony. He likes drawing pictures.　
B: Can he draw well?　
A: Yes, he can.　
3. My animal friend is very big. It has a short nose and a long tail.　
4. A: Is Wang Bing good at playing football?　
B: Yes, he is.　
5. A: Where is the puter room?　
B: It’s on the second floor.　
6. A: Where is the desk?　
B: It’s beside the sofa.
( 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. )
三、 1. B　2. B　3. A
四、 1. hard, just right　2. has, has, bodies, tails　
3. are, afraid　4. likes playing, also, skating, skate
五、 1. They both like swimming.　
2. There aren’t any animals in the playground.　
3. What does Mike like doing?　
4. Does Tim have a new animal friend？No, he doesn’t.　
5. There are … students in my class.　
6. I like dancing/running/singing/swimming … (答案不唯一)
第三课时
一、 1. Mike and Tim both like singing.　
2. This is a story about three bears.　
3. I can’t find any milk in the fridge.　
4. I open the window. Then, I find my cat is in the tree.　
5. There’s a hole in the ice.
(1. B　2. B　3. A　4. A　5. C)
二、 1. The table tennis room is on the first floor.　
2. It has big eyes and ears too.　
3. Roy likes playing basketball.　
4. It has a long nose and a big mouth.　
5. Yang Ling is good at playing the piano.　
6. My PE teacher can skate and swim very well.
(D C E B F A)
三、 Wele to our animal school! This is the music room. There are twenty desks and chairs in it. There’s a piano in front of the desks. There are some flowers beside the piano. There is a puter between the piano and the flowers. Oh, our Music teacher is ing. She is yellow and green. She has two legs and two wings. She has a big mouth and a long tail. She likes singing.
(animal, music, twenty, piano, beside, puter between, yellow, wings, mouth, long tail, singing)
四、 1. a beautiful house　2. Our puter room, the second floor　
3. have a look　4. singing and dancing　5. this morning
五、 1. B　2. A　3. B　4. A　5. A　6. B
六、 (A) 树叶　醒着　(B) 1. C　2. C　3. B　4. C
Test for Project 1
一、 1. I am really good at drawing.　
2. Stop, Sam! It’s too high.　
3. In the US, this is the first floor.　
4. The bird has wings. It can fly.　
5. We also like watching TV.
(1. C　2. D　3. C　4. C　5. B)
二、 1. I’m thirsty, Mum.　
2. There aren’t any cakes in the fridge.　
3. Do you have an animal teacher, Rabbit? 　
4. What do you like doing? 　
5. Does it have a short tail？
(1. A　2. C　3. A　4. B　5. C)
三、 1. A: Are there any music rooms in the animal school? 　
B: Yes, there are. There are 2 music rooms.　
2. A: What do you like doing, Jack? 　
B: I like skating very much.　
3. A: Do you have an animal friend, Nancy? 　
B: Yes. My animal friend has a big body and a small mouth. It has no legs or arms. It can swim.　
4. A: What does your sister like doing, Mike? 　
B: She likes reading stories and watching films.　
5. A: Is there a library in your school, Ben? 　
B: Yes. It's on the third floor.
(1. F　2. T　3. F　4. F　5. T)
四、 This is our animal school. There are four classrooms in the school. There’s a music room. It’s on the second floor. This is Bird. She is our Music teacher. She is good at singing and playing the piano. There’s an art room. It’s on the third floor. Let’s go and have a look. Ah, this is Dog. He is our Art teacher. He has four legs and a short tail. He has big ears. He likes running and drawing. I like our animal school.
(1. B　2. C　3. A　4. B　5. C)
五、 1. o’clock, e, cup, coffee　
2. Hurry, up, Sunday, Monday　
3. nice, pencil, ice, Science
六、 1. any soup　2. between　3. How many classrooms　
4. two big wings, a long tail　5. run and jump　6. both like swimming
七、 1. B　2. C　3. C　4. B　5. C　6. B　7. B　8. A　9. B　10. C
八、 (A) 1. fun　2. him　3. second　4. have，has　5. reading stories　
(B) 1. soft, hard　2. arms, legs　3. basketball　4. playground　5. first
九、 1. Are there any horses on the farm? Yes, there are.　
2. Rubber duck doesn’t like the sunny weather.　
3. Where is Nancy’s classroom? 　
4. What does he like doing? 　
5. Does Miss Li like flowers? Yes, she does.
十、 (A) 1. T 2. F 3. T 4. F (B) 
十一、 many, monkey, PE teacher, big eyes and a long tail, playing basketball and football, also likes swimming
Unit 5　What do they do?

第一课时
一、 1. What do they do?　
2. He teaches Maths.　
3. Is your mother an English teacher?　
4. My mother works in a factory.　
5. I eat a lot of sweets.　
6. My brother is a policeman.
(1. B　2. C　3. A　4. C　5. C　6. B)
二、 I have some friends. They are Linda, Jack, Lucy, James and Lily. Linda is a young woman. She is twenty-five years old. She is a nurse. Jack works in a factory. He is a worker. Lucy is fifty-two years old. She is a doctor. James is forty years old. He is a cook. Lily is thirty-four years old. She is a taxi driver.
(Linda—nurse Jack—worker Lucy—doctor James—cook Lily—taxi driver.)
三、 1. C　2. C　3. C　4. A　5. A
四、 1. Mr Wolf, policeman　2. Miss Zhang, doctor　
3. Mr Black, cook　4. Mr Liu, farmer　5. Miss Gao, teacher
第二课时
一、 1. farmer　2. doctor　3. fly　4. firefighter　5. help old men
(1. B　2. B　3. A　4. C　5. B)
二、 1. What do you like doing?　
2. What does your mother do?　
3. Is your father a fireman?　
4. What do you have?　
5. Does Tom help sick people?
(1. B　2. C　3. B　4. A　5. C)
三、 1. does, teaches　2. helps his　3. likes watching　
4. play, well　5. policemen　6. factories　7. works
四、 1. She is a factory worker.　
2. What does Mr Black do?　
3. I wish I could jump.　
4. I can see a bird in the sky.　
5. Come and make sweets.
五、 (A) cook, bus driver　(B) 1. He is a doctor.　2. She is a teacher.
第三课时
一、 1. worker　2. teach　3. arm　4. library　5. make　6. uncle
(1. B　2. C　3. A　4. B　5. A　6. C)
一、 1. Who’s that woman?　
2. What does your father do?　
3. What does Mike like?　
4. What do you have?　
5. Are there any trees in the park?
(1. C　2. B　3. A　4. C　5. B)
三、 1. doctor, helps sick　2. is a nurse, helps sick people　
3. a teacher, teaches Maths, has　4. is a cook, cook nice
四、 1. My father makes cars.　
2. There are so many balls under the chair.　
3. You can’t jump now.　
4. What does your father do?　
5. My aunt teaches English.　
6. Does your brother have a toy bus?
五、 1. He is twelve years old.　
2. They are farmers.　
3. There are forty-one.　
4. He is a taxi driver.　
5. He goes to work at six.　
6. No, she isn’t.
Test for Unit 5
一、 1. teacher　2. driver　3. worker　4. cook　
5. policeman　6. English　7. many　8. your
(1. A　2. B　3. B　4. C　5. A　6. A　7. A　8. C)
二、 1. What does your father do, Mike?　
2. Is your mother a driver?　
3. Does your sister make sweets?　
4. What do your aunt and uncle do?　
5. Do we call a policeman a “cop” in the US?　
6. Who is that woman?
(1. A　2. C　3. C　4. B　5. A　6. B)
三、 A: Look, this is a photo of my family.　
B: Is this your father?
A: No, he isn’t. He is my uncle. He is a doctor.　
B: What does your aunt do?
A: She is a nurse. My uncle and aunt work in the same hospital.　
B: What does your mother do?
A: She is a teacher.
(father, isn’t, doctor, does, nurse, work, What, your, do, teacher)
四、 1. eat　2. teacher, teaches　3. writers　4. helps　
5. many cars　6. worker, makes　7. can’t
五、 1. am　2. Are, am　3. Do, do　4. does, is　5. can’t　6. are　7. can
六、 1. B　2. C　3. C　4. A　5. B　6. B　7. A　8. B　9. C　10. A
七、 1. any　2. farmers　3. make　4. Does　5. playing　6. me　7. your　8. stories
八、 1. What, your　2. How many students does　3. She doesn’t work at home.　
4. Is she　5. No, I　6. My sister likes toy cars too.
九、 (A) 1. T　2. F　3. T　4. F　5. F　
(B) 6. She is twelve years old.　7. No, he doesn’t.　8. No, she isn’t.
十、 1. What does Mr White do? He is a firefighter.
2. What does Mrs Black do? She is a taxi driver.
3. What does Miss Smith do? She is a doctor.
Unit 6　My e-friend
第一课时
一、 1. Can you play basketball?　
2. This email is from my good friend.　
3. My aunt lives in the UK.　
4. Can you speak Chinese?　
5. What lessons do you have?　
6. Does Su Yang like singing?　
(1. C　2. B　3. A　4. C　5. B　6. C)
二、 1. A: What subject do you study?　
B: I study Chinese and Maths at school.　
2. A: Where are you from?　
B: I’m from China.　
3. Look at the boy. He’s fourteen years old.　
4. A: What do you like?　
B: We like playing basketball.　
5. A: Can he speak Japanese?　
B: No, he can speak English and Chinese.　
6. A: What subjects do you like?　
B: I like PE and Chinese.
(1. T　2. T　3. T　4. F　5. T　6. F)
三、 1. the UK　2. Canada　3. Australia　4. policeman　5. Chinese　6. drawing
四、 1. Yes, I can./No, I can’t.　
2. Yes, I do./No, I don’t.　
3. I’m … years old.　
4. I’m from ...　
5. I like Chinese and English. (答案不唯一)
五、 1. How many　2. Who　3. What　4. Where　5. How　6. What about
六、 1. Can Yang Ling speak English?　
2. My sister studies Chinese after school.　
3. He likes playing football in the afternoon.　
4. Let me send this email first.　
5. This is a 11-year-old boy.
第二课时
一、 1. Australia　2. China　3. can’t　4. lives　5. weather　6. write
(1. A　2. C　3. B　4. A　5. C　6. A)
二、 1. Look, we write English address like this.　
2. In winter, my sister likes skating and running.　
3. A: Does he have Chinese lessons this morning?　
B: No, he doesn’t.　
4. A: My friend, Helen studies Science at school. What about you, Mike?　
B: I study Computer Studies.　
5. Yang Ling lives in a new house now. It is near the park.
(1. English, like　2. In, skating, running　3. have, lessons　
4. studies Science, study　5. lives in)
三、 1. lessons　2. likes　3. studies　4. reading stories　
5. Does, swimming, doesn’t, likes dancing
四、 2. Does Su Yang have, she doesn’t, She has　
3. Does Helen, an English lesson, she does　
4. Does Wang Bing, drawing, he does　
5. Does Liu Tao, No, he doesn’t, likes PE
五、 1. It’s Thursday.　2. She has five.　3. F　4. C　5. C　6. C　
7. I have … subjects today. They are …　
8. I like Chinese/English best. (答案不唯一)
第三课时
一、 1. A: Who’s that man?　
B: He’s Liu Tao’s father, Mr Liu. He likes reading in the evening.　
2. Wang Bing is my good friend. He likes drawing.　
3. Jerry is my e-friend. He lives in Canada.　
4. A: What do you like doing after school, Helen?　
B: I like flying kites.　
5. A: I like English and Maths. What about you, Su Hai?　
B: I like Chinese. It’s fun.
(1. C　2. D　3. A　4. B　5. F)
二、 I’m Zhang Hua. I have an e-friend. His name is Jack. Jack is from the US. He is fifteen years old. He is good at Chinese. He studies Chinese after school. He thinks Chinese is fun. He likes swimming on Sunday afternoon. Jack’s father is a doctor. He is kind. He helps sick people. Jack’s mother is a teacher. She is busy at school.
(1. A　2. C　3. B　4. A　5. B)
三、 1. C　2. A　3. B　4. C　5. B　6. B　7. A　8. A
四、 1. Who is his　2. What does, like doing　3. Does, live in　
4. don’t eat　5. Bobby does not have any fish.　6. Does your e-friend like Maths?
Test for Unit 6
一、 1. US　2. Canada　3. China　4. e-friend　5. live　6. study
(1. C　2. C　3. B　4. C　5. A　6. C)
二、 Hi, I’m Zhang Hua. Mary is my e-friend. She is a twelve-year-old girl. She lives in a small town near London. She can speak English and Chinese. She has Chinese lessons at school. She likes Chinese and Music. Her parents are both doctors. They work very hard.
(1. T　2. F　3. F　4. T　5. F)
三、 I have a good friend. His name is Li Gang. He is thirteen years old. He lives in China. He can speak English very well. He likes English and Music. He likes playing football after school. His father is a teacher. He teaches Maths.
(years, lives, China, speak, Music, playing, after, teaches)
四、 1. What, Wednesday, We, watch　
2. week, We, wear, warm　
3. some, ice-creams, sandwiches, snack　
4. kite, bike, ride, my, bike, kite, high, sky
五、 1. Wait a minute　2. speak English　3. play football　
4. send an email　5. have Chinese lessons　6. live in the UK
六、 1. A　2. C　3. B　4. C　5. A　6. C　7. B　8. C　9. B　10. C
七、 1. AB　2. ABC　3. AB　4. ABC　5. A　6. B
八、 1. subjects does, like, likes, Chinese　2. China　
3. does, doing after school, likes watching　
4. wears warm, in　5. has many fish, don’t, any
九、(A) 1. —Does John speak English?
—Yes, he does.　
2. —Does Betty speak Chinese?
—Yes, she does.
(B) 1. —What subjects does Li Hua like?
—He likes Chinese and Maths.　
2. —What subjects does Wu Dan like?
—She likes Maths and Music.
十、(A) 1. C　2. A　3. B　4. B　5. A　6. C　
(B) 7. 家庭主妇　8. Yes, she does.　9. I like swimming/travelling/watching TV in summer holidays. (答案不唯一)
Unit 7　At weekends

第一课时
一、 1. Su Hai often has a picnic at weekends.　
2. My family often go to the cinema at weekends.　
3. Helen likes playing with her cat on Saturday.　
4. Liu Tao sometimes goes to the park with his family.　
5. Jack and Tom live in Canada.
(1. C　2. C　3. A　4. B　5. A)
二、 1. A: Do you usually play the piano?　
B: Yes, I do.　
2. A: What do you usually do at weekends?　
B: I usually have a picnic.　
3. A: What do you do at weekends?　
B: I always go to the cinema.　
4. I sometimes fly a kite in the park.　
5. My father usually chats on the Internet at weekends.　
6. A: What does your sister like doing after school?　
B: She likes dancing.
(1. √　2. ×　3. √　4. ×　5. √　6. √)
三、 1. at weekends, have a picnic　2. sometimes　3. does, flies a kite　
4. chat on the Internet　5. playing with　6. goes to the cinema
四、 1. plays　2. drink　3. sleeps　4. making　5. skating, skate　6. chatting, chats
五、 1. does, do　2. Does, have　3. have, with, parents　4. I … at weekends.　5. Yes, she does./No, she doesn’t.　6. Yang Ling likes reading books./Yang Ling usually reads books at weekends. (答案不唯一)
7. What about you, Wang Bing? I always play football.
第二课时
一、 1. A: What do you do at weekends?　
B: I often have a picnic.　
2. A: Do you like swimming after school?　
B: No, I like skating.　
3. Lily is good at drawing.　
4. A: What does Liu Tao do at weekends?　
B: He sometimes plays basketball.　
5. A: What do your father and mother do at weekends?　
B: They often watch films.　
6. A: Can you play table tennis?　
B: Yes, I can.　
7. A: What does your brother like doing?　
B: He likes chatting on the Internet.　
8. A: Does David like flying kites at weekends?　
B: Yes, he does.
(7 4 3 2 6 1 5 8)
二、 1. What do you do at weekends?　
2. Does Liu Tao like chatting?　
3. What does Helen like doing?　
4. What does your sister often do?　
5. What does Miss Li do on Monday?
(1. A　2. B　3. C　4. B　5. C)
三、 1. A　2. B　3. C　4. A　5. B　6. C
四、 1. chatting　2. Does, go, visits　3. play, doesn’t, flies　4. are　5. any
五、 1. play basketball, have a picnic, chat on the Internet　
2. flies a kite/flies kites, goes to the cinema/watches films
第三课时
一、 1. sometimes　2. grandparents　3. Internet　4. weekends　5. rose
(1. A　2. B　3. C　4. B　5. A)
二、 1. A: What does Wang Bing do at weekends?　
B: He always goes to the cinema.　
2. A: Does Miss Li like chatting on the Internet?　
B: Yes, she does.　
3. A: What does Helen like doing?　
B: She likes having a picnic.　
4. A: What does Liu Tao like doing after school?　
B: He likes playing football.　
5. A: What does Su Hai do at weekends?　
B: She often visits their grandparents with Su Yang.
(Wang Bing—go to the cinema Miss Li—chat on the Internet Helen—have a picnic Liu Tao—play football Su Hai—visit grandparents)
三、 1. C　2. C　3. A　4. A　5. C
四、 1. watches　2. spring　3. autumn, picnic　4. go　5. summer, swimming
五、 What does your mother do?　I often play football.　
He usually goes to the cinema.　Does he often play basketball?
Test for Unit 7
一、 1. /z/　2. chat　3. Internet　4. autumn　5. e out
(1. B　2. A　3. C　4. C　5. A)
二、 1. What do you do at weekends?　
2. What does your father do at weekends?　
3. Does Liu Tao go to the park at weekends?　
4. What do your friends like doing at weekends?　
5. What does your mother do?
(1. A　2. B　3. C　4. C　5. B)
三、 A: What do you do at weekends?　
B: I often visit my grandparents. I sometimes go to the cinema with my friends.
(weekends, often, grandparents, sometimes, cinema)
四、 1. has, eyes, legs　2. likes, sitting, swing　
3. What’s, with, woman　4. hot, dog, box
五、 1. usually　2. chatting　3. goes　4. always flies　
5. have a picnic　6. swimming　7. out
六、 1. C　2. A　3. B　4. C　5. A　6. C　7. A　8. B
七、 1. don’t visit　2. Does, swim, No, doesn’t　3. does, do　
4. Miss Li sometimes goes to the park with her parents.　
5. Come out and play basketball.　
6. I have picnic in spring./I fly kites in spring. (答案不唯一)
7. Yes, because I can eat ice cream in summer./No, because it’s hot in summer. (答案不唯一)
八、 1. does, doctor, helps sick people, does, reads books　
2. have a picnic, Is, is, Are, are　
3. autumn, autumn, fly a kite/fly kites
九、(A) 1. F　2. F　3. T　4. F　5. T　(B) 1. flies　2. ball/toy car/robot/...
十、 略
Unit 8　At Christmas

第一课时
一、 1. stocking　2. Father Christmas　3. present　4. pudding　5. wake up　6. turkey
(1. C　2. A　3. A　4. B　5. A　6. A)
二、 1. A: What do you usually eat at Christmas?　
B: We often eat a turkey.　
2. A: What holiday is ing?　
B: It’s Christmas Day.　
3. A: Let’s go to buy a stocking.　
B: Great!　
4. A: Look, Father Christmas!　
B: How nice!　
5. A: Look at my card.　
B: Oh, it’s nice!　
6. A: What’s that on the sofa?　
B: It’s a Christmas present.
(1. A　2. B　3. A　4. A　5. A　6. B)
三、 a Christmas tree, presents, Father Christmas, make a card
四、 1. Christmas　2. Christmas tree(s)　3. First　4. puts, stocking　5. wait for　6. Finally
五、 1. B　2. C　3. D　4. A
六、 3 5 2 1 4 6
第二课时
一、 1. At Christmas, we often buy presents for our family and friends.　
2. We sometimes go to see Father Christmas.　
3. I like eating the turkey.　
4. We put some pretty things on the Christmas tree.　
5. Children often put a stocking on their bed.　
6. Yang Ling often makes cards for her friends.　
7. People usually have a big lunch on Christmas Day.　
8. Liu Tao likes eating Christmas pudding.
(5 3 1 4 6 2 8 7)
二、 A: What day is it today?　
B: It’s Thursday.　
A: Oh, tomorrow is Christmas. What do you usually do at Christmas?　
B: I often buy some presents.　
A: Do you want to see Father Christmas?　
B: Yes.　
A: Let’s go.
(Thursday, Christmas, Christmas, buy, presents, Father Christmas)
三、 1. jacket, jeans　2. wear, warm, winter　3. swimming, skating　
4. to, school　5. plays, games
四、 1. Christmas Eve　2. visit, grandparents　3. a big lunch　4. card, make　5. Next
五、 3 2 4 1　Then, Next, Finally, First
六、 1. Do, eating　2. She, puts, her　
3. Here is a Christmas card for you.　
4. Finally, turkey, pudding　5. Yes, I do./No, I don’t.　
6. What do you do at Christmas?　
7. We all have a good time.
第三课时
一、 1. Finally I go to bed at nine.　
2. We put a stocking on our bed.　
3. A: What does your father do at Christmas?　
B: He usually buys some presents.　
4. We put it on our bed and wait for presents.　
5. We wake up early on Christmas Day.
(1. B　2. A　3. C　4. A　5. C)
二、 1. We often go to see Father Christmas.　
2. Christmas Eve is ing.　
3. Children always put a stocking on the bed.　
4. Merry Christmas!　
5. He’s sad.　
6. A: What do you do at Christmas?　
B: I often make some cards.
(1. √　2. √　3. ×　4. ×　5. √　6. √)
三、 1. B　2. A　3. C　4. C　5. A
四、 1. do, Christmas, presents　2. card, can, card, Thank　3. does, on, puts, tree
五、 First, I do my homework in the morning. Next, I draw pictures at two o’clock in the afternoon. Then, I fly a kite at three o’clock in the afternoon. Finally, I watch TV with my parents in the evening.
Test for Unit 8
一、 1. A: Here’s a present for you.　
B: Thank you.　
2. A: What do you do at Christmas?　
B: We usually have a big dinner.　
3. We wake up early on New Year’s Day.　
4. Finally, we write our names on the card.　
5. Wang Bing and Liu Tao look sad. What’s wrong with them?　
6. In spring, we often have a picnic.
(1. B　2. C　3. B　4. C　5. A　6. A)
二、 First, we go to see Father Christmas. Next, we put many beautiful things on the Christmas tree. Then, we have a big dinner with our family. Finally, we put a stocking on our bed.
(First—Father Christmas Next—Christmas tree Then—a big dinner Finally—stocking)
三、 At Christmas, Su Hai and her family are very happy. They buy a Christmas tree and some presents. They sometimes go to see Father Christmas. They always have a big lunch on Christmas Day.
(Christmas, family, happy, buy, tree, presents, Father, always, lunch, Christmas)
四、 (A) 1. turkey　2. Christmas songs/a Christmas song　
3. dinner　4. Merry　5. wrong, him　
(B) 1. o’clock　2. reads　3. Does, fly, does　4. are, presents　5. swimming, looks
五、 1. A　2. A　3. A　4. B　5. C
六、 1. A　2. C　3. A　4. B　5. C
七、 1. a Christmas tree　2. a turkey　3. a stocking　4. Father Christmas
八、 (A)1. B　2. C　3. C　4. C　(B)　B　
(C) 1. I get a new dress/puter/book/pen … from my parents on Christmas Day.　
2. Yes, I do. They’re delicious./No, I don’t.
3. I can see a boat in the picture.　
九、略
Project 2　Our friends

第一课时
一、 1. Liu Tao always watches films at weekends.　
2. Merry Christmas and Happy New Year!
3. I can see a boat in the picture.　
4. I put a stocking on my bed.　
5. My e-friend lives in Canada.
(1. B　2. B　3. C　4. C　5. A)
二、 1. Does your sister like reading stories?　
2. What does your father do, Su Yang?　
3. What does Helen do at weekends?　
4. What subjects do you like, Wang Bing?　
5. What does Angel do at Christmas?
(1. B　2. A　3. A　4. C　5. B)
三、 1. What, want, worker　2. Spring, first, season　3. usually, library, family
四、 1. helps sick people　2. an English boy, ten(years old), speak Chinese　
3. fly a kite, have a camping　4. put our presents under the Christmas tree
五、 1. What do you usually do at Christmas?　
2. Nancy often has dinner with her grandparents.　
3. Does he like playing football? No, he doesn’t.　
4. stay at home/read books/do my homework
go to visit my grandparents/go to the cinema/play with my priends
六、 1. T　2. T　3. F　4. T　5. T
第二课时
一、 Mike does a lot of things on Sunday. First, he has a picnic with Liu Tao at nine o’clock in the morning. Next, he flies a kite after lunch. Then, he plays football with his friends at four in the afternoon. Then, he chats on the Internet after dinner. Finally, he goes to bed at nine o’clock.
(2 4 3 5 1)
二、 I have a happy family. There are three people in my family. They’re my father, my mother and I. My father works in a big factory. He makes cars. My mother is a doctor. She helps sick people. She often goes to work at night. I am a student. I go to school from Monday to Friday. I study hard. I love my family.
(happy, three, factory, makes, doctor, helps sick, night, Monday, Friday, hard)
三、 1. yellow, year　2. close, is　3. basketball, stocking
四、 1. B　2. C　3. A　4. C　5. C
五、 girl, old, eleven years, do, driver, teacher, subjects, Science,
Maths, does, doing, playing, does, at, often goes, sometimes flies
六、 (A)1. F　2. F　3. T　4. F　5. T　(B)②
第三课时
一、 1. His brother is a driver.　
2. Sam is heavy.　
3. We eat a turkey at Christmas.　
4. Wait a minute.　
5. I sometimes visit my grandparents.
(1. B　2. A　3. C　4. A　5. C)
二、 1. A: Liu Tao, where does your e-friend live?　
B: He lives in the US.　
2. A: What does your uncle do?　
B: He’s a cook. He often cooks nice food for us.　
3. A: Hello, Father Christmas.　
B: Hello, dear children.　
4. A: What do you usually do on Christmas Day?　
B: We usually sing and dance.　
5. A: What do you like doing at weekends, Su Hai and Su Yang?　
B: We like playing with our little brother.　
6. A: Does your e-friend live in Australia?　
B: No. She lives in Canada.　
7. A: What’s wrong with the turkey?　
B: Christmas is ing, so he is sad.　
8. A: What does Mike do at weekends?　
B: He often plays football.
(1. F　2. T　3. T　4. F　5. F　6. F　7. T　8. T)
三、 1. reading stories, watching films　2. an English teacher　
3. writes stories　4. has dancing lessons, is good at　
5. makes Christmas cards　6. after school　7. live in Australia
四、 1. Where does, live　2. Does, play, No, doesn’t　
3. What do, do　4. What does Helen do at Christmas?
5. They give me presents/cook turkey at Christmas. (答案不唯一)
6. She go shopping/do housework at weekends. (答案不唯一)
五、 1. B　2. C　3. B　4. C　5. B
Test for Project 2
一、 1. Her father is a farmer.　
2. We put some presents under the Christmas tree.　
3. Fold a card.　
4. Children put a stocking on the bed.　
5. We put pretty things on the Christmas tree.
(1. B　2. C　3. C　4. C　5. A)
二、 1. I’m not good at fishing.　
2. Oh, your friend is a pretty girl. How old is she?　
3. Christmas is ing.　
4. Where do your grandparents live?　
5. It’s sunny. Let’s go and fly a kite in the park.
(1. A　2. B　3. A　4. C　5. A)
三、 A: Hi, Wang Bing. Let’s go to the cinema.　
B: Wait a minute, Tim. Let me send a message to my e-friend first.　
A: What’s your e-friend’s name?　
B: He’s Roy. He lives in Australia.　
A: How old is he?　
B: He’s twelve.　
A: Can he speak Chinese?　
B: No, he can’t. But he can speak English very well.　
A: What does he do after school?　
B: He often plays basketball. He sometimes goes to the cinema.　
A: Oh, I want to visit him one day.
(1. A　2. B　3. C　4. B　5. C)
四、 1. C　2. C　3. C　4. B
五、 1. a factory worker, a nurse　2. Wait a minute　3. chats on the Internet　
4. plays the piano, watches films/goes to the cinema　
5. Father Christmas　6. Christmas Eve
六、 1. C　2. C　3. C　4. B　5. A　6. B　7. A　8. A　9. B　10. C　11. B
七、 (A) 1. go swimming　2. picnics　3. them　4. putting，things　5. studies　
(B) 1. him，weekends　2. are, skating　3. early　4. sometimes　5. films
八、 1. Are, any, Yes　2. have, time　3. do, do　4. subjects does　
5. What does, do　6. We eat a turkey and Christmas pudding on Christmas Day.
九、 Mark, the US, ten years, speak, a doctor, patients, a writer, writes, Maths and Science, dancing and playing the piano, play football, chat on the Internet, have a big dinner
Final Exam　I
一、 1. The girl is between the two beds.　
2. My friend Nancy can dance well.　
3. My mother is a factory worker.　
4. Sam is fat. He’s so heavy.　
5. I buy a present for my teacher.　
6. This is an interesting story.　
7. My father can write stories.
(1. C　2. A　3. A　4. B　5. B　6. C　7. C)
二、 1. How many art rooms are there in your school?　
2. Does your mother have an animal friend?　
3. What do you like doing?　
4. What does your brother do?　
5. What subjects does she like?　
(1. C　2. A　3. B 4. B　5. B)
三、 1. A: Is the red bed nice?
B: No, it’s too soft. The blue one is just right.　
2. A: Do you have any animal friends, Liu Tao?　
B: Yes. It’s white. It has red eyes and long ears.　
3. A: Do you like drawing, Mike?　
B: Yes, I do. My friend David is good at it too.　
4. A: Does your father teach English, Tom?　
B: Yes, he does. He has a lot of students.　
5. A: What do you do at weekends, Nancy?
B: I often visit my grandparents. I sometimes go to the cinema.
(1. F　2. F　3. T　4. T　5. F)
四、 It is Christmas Eve today. Tom and his parents have a party at home. They buy a big Christmas tree and some presents. They put some pretty things on the Christmas tree. They also put the presents under the tree. In the evening, Tom puts a stocking on his bed and waits for the presents from Father Christmas. He is very excited.
(1. A　2. C　3. A　4. C)
五、 1. hungry and thirsty　2. on the third floor　3. chat with　
4. send an email　5. is good at　6. have a big lunch
六、 1. C　2. C　3. B　4. B　5. C　6. C　7. C　8. C　9. A　10. C
七、 (A) 1. goes　2. has, legs　3. skating　4. cooks　5. swimming　
(B) 1. hard　2. puter room　3. reading, writes　4. nurse　5. Canada
八、 1. Are, any, aren’t　2. What does　3. What do, do　4. Where, live　
5. turkey, pudding　6. Angel is from the US. She likes English and Music.
九、 There are, hobby, dancing, watching, makes,
worker, subjects, speak, have, picnic, fly
十、(A)1. T　2. F　3. F　4. T　
(B) Henry finds out that today is Sunday and he doesn’t need to work! (答案不唯一)
(C)1. My father’s name is …/His name is …
2. He often stays at home and watches TV/goes fishing with me …(答案不唯一)
3. He gives presents to me and my mother./He take us to visit my grandparents. (答案不唯一)
Final Exam II
一、 1. Hi, this cake is for you.　
2. My friend can play table tennis well.　
3. Oh, this soup is nice.　
4. We often have a big lunch on my birthday.　
5. Oh, there isn’t any juice in the cup.
(3 5 1 2 4)
二、 1. Are there any classrooms on the first floor?　
2. What animal friends do you have?　
3. What does your sister like doing?　
4. Who’s your e-friend?　
5. What does Nancy often do after class?　
(1. A　2. C　3. C　4. C　5. B)
三、 1. A: I like English and Maths. What about you, Mike?
B: I like P









E.　
2. A: Do you like playing football, Kitty?　
B: No, I don’t. But I like swimming.　
A: Me too.　
3. A: Do your friends like playing football, David?　
B: Yes, they do. Football is very popular in the UK.　
4. A: Oh, it’s so cold today.　
B: Yes. It snows today. You should wear warm clothes.　
5. A: Hi. What do you often do at Christmas?　
B: On Christmas Eve, we usually wait for Father Christmas and presents.
On Christmas Day, we usually have a big lunch.　
6. A: What does your father do, Mike?　
B: He works at school. He often teaches his students Chinese.
(1. C　2. B　3. B　4. C　5. B　6. A)
四、 A: What does Kim do at 5 o’clock in the afternoon?　
B: She usually listens to some music. And she often chats with her grandparents on the Internet.　
A: Does she have art lessons?　
B: Yes, sometimes.　
A: Does she play games?　
B: No, she never plays games.
(












A. She usually — listens to some music.












B. She often — chats with her grandparents on the Internet .











C. She sometimes — has art lessons .











D. She never — plays games.)
五、 1. in front of　2. have a look　3. playing the piano　
4. What subjects　5. have a picnic　6. have a good time
六、 1. C　2. C　3. B　4. A　5. A　6. B　7. A　8. A　9. C　10. A
七、 (A) 1. aren’t　2. have　3. running　4. have　5. goes　
(B) 1. our　2. Chinese　3. e-friend　4. writer　5. between/beside/behind
八、 1. Who, you　2. Where are　3. doesn’t like　
4. animal, legs, wings　5. big dinner, lot, fun　
6. a blackboard, many desks and chairs (答案不唯一)
九、 1. B　2. C　3. C　4. A　5. B
十、 略

网友回答

小学英语《练习与测试》听力材料和参考答案（译林版四下）
听力材料与参考答案

Unit l Our school subjects
第 一 课 时
一、1. A: What subject do you like? B: I like English.
2. A: I like Chinese. What about you, Helen?
B: Me too.
3. A: Do you like PE, Liu Tao? B: Yes, I do.
4. A: Do you like Maths, Wang Bing?
B: No, I don’t. I like Science.
5. A: It’s time for Art. B: Let’s go to the art room.
6. A: What lessons do we have this morning? B: We only have Maths.
(5 3 6 4 2 1)
二、1. B 2. A 3. E 4. C 5. D
三、1. F 2. F 3. T 4. T 5. T
第 二 课 时
一、1. A: Hello, Yang Ling. What lessons do you have on Monday morning? B: We have Maths. 2. A: What subject do you like, Wang Bing? B: I like Chinese.
3. A: Do you like Science, Liu Tao? B: No, I don’t. I like English.
4. A: We have English this afternoon, Sam.
B: Oh, I don’t like that. I like Science.
5. A: It’s time for Art, Bobby. Let’s go to the art room. B: OK.
(答案略)
二、1. C 2. B 3. B 4. C 5. B
三、1. What lessons, English, Chinese 2. What subjects, PE, about
第 三 课 时
一、 Miss Li: Good morning, class.
All: Good morning.
Miss Li: This is our new timetable. We have English, Chinese, PE, Maths, Art, Music and Science. What subjects do you like, Liu Tao?
Liu Tao: I like Chinese and Art.
Miss Li: How about you, Helen?
Helen: I like English and Science.
Miss Li: It’s Monday today. We have Maths, PE and Music. Do you like Maths, Sam? Sam: Yes, I do. And I like Music too.
Miss Li: What about you, Bobby?
Bobby: I like Science. It’s fun.
(答案略)
二、略
三、B E D A C
Test for Unit 1
一、1. Good morning, class. Wele back to school.
2. This is our new timetable.
3. A: What subjects do you like? B: I like Music.
4. A: It’s time for P









E. B: Let’s go to the playground.
5. We have eight subjects at school.
6. Kate, e and make a cake.
(l. B 2. A 3. C 4. A 5. C 6. B)
二、1. A: What lessons do you have this morning? B: We have Chinese and English.
2. A: What lessons do you have on Monday afternoon? B: We have Music and P









E.
3. A: It’s time for P









E. B: Let’s go to the playground.
4. A: Do you like English, Su Hai? B: Yes, I do. It’s fun.
5. A: What subjects do you like? B: I like Maths.
6. I like drawing pictures. I like Art. It’s interesting.
(1. × 2.√ 3.√ 4.√ 5. × 6. √)
三、1. What lessons do you have on Tuesday afternoon?
2. How many English lessons do you have a week?
3. Do you like Science?
4. What subjects do you like?
5. I like English. What about you?
6. It’s time to play basketball. Let’s go to the playground!
(1. B 2. A 3. A 4. B 5. A 6. B)
四、l.√ 2. × 3. × 4. ×
五、l. B 2. C 3. C 4. C 5. A
六、How many, English, Chinese, What, don’t
七、1. B 2. D 3. E 4. C 5. A
八、l. C 2. C 3. B 4. C 5. B
Unit 2 After school
第 一 课 时
一、1. A: What day is it today? B: It’s Saturday.
2. A: What day is it today? B: It’s Sunday.
3. A: Is it Wednesday? B: No, it isn’t. It’s Tuesday.
4. A: What day is it today? B: It’s Friday.
5. A: Let’s go to the zoo on Thursday. B: OK.
6. A: What day is it today? B: It’s Wednesday.
(5 3 1 2 6 4)
二、1. B 2. B 3. B 4. A
三、1. B 2. B
第 二 课 时
一、1. Yang Ling, what lessons do you have today?
2. I have English, Maths, PE and Science this morning.
3. Let’s go and have a swimming lesson.
4. I have some lessons today. What about Tuesday morning?
5. What a pity! I can’t go with you.
(l. A 2. C 3. C 4. A 5. A)
二、1. B 2. C 3. A 4. C 5. C
三、略
第 三 课 时
一、1. What day is it today?
2. What lessons do you have today?
3. When do you get up?
4. Let’s go and make a fruit salad.
5. I like P









E. What about you?
(1. A 2. A 3. B 4. A 5. A)
二、1. on, ay 周一 2. Tu 周二 3. ri 周五 4. Th 周四 5. a,ur 周六 6. u 周日
三、1. When 2. lessons 3. some 4. at 5. on 6. any
四、3 6 7 1 8 5 2 4
Test for Unit 2
一、1. A: What day is it today, Mike?
B: It’s Wednesday.
A: What lessons do you have?
B: I have a swimming lesson.
2. A: What day is it today, Su Hai?
B: It’s Thursday.
A: Let’s go and play football.
B: Sorry, I have an English lesson today.
3. A: Wang Bing, do you have any lessons today?
B: No, today is Sunday. Let’s go and play football.
A: Great! Let’s go.
(答案略)
二、 My name is Liu Tao. I’m a student. I have many lessons a week. On Monday, I have Chinese, Maths and English. On Tuesday, I have Maths and English in the morning. In the afternoon, I have a swimming lesson. I have Chinese, PE and a skating lesson on Wednesday. On Thursday, I’m so happy, because I only have one lesson, that is an English lesson. On Friday morning, I have Chinese and P









E. In the afternoon, I have Maths and English. On Saturday, I don’t go to school, but I have a football match. And I have a skating lesson on Sunday.
(答案略)
三、A: What day is it today?
B: It’s Friday.
A: Let’s go and play basketball.
B: Sorry, I have a dancing lesson.
A: What about Sunday?
B: All right.
(3 1 6 4 2 5)
四、1. Monday 2. Tuesday 3. Friday 4. Sunday
五、1. C 2. B 3. B 4. A 5. C
六、1. C 2. D 3. E 4. B 5. A
七、go, play, Sorry, dancing, about, OK, See
八、l. T 2. T 3. T 4. F 5. F
Unit 3 My day
第 一 课 时
一、1. I usually get up at six.
2. I have four lessons in the morning.
3. I go home at four forty.
4. I have lunch at school.
5. I have breakfast at seven o’clock.
6. It’s Monday today.
(1. B 2. A 3. C 4. A 5. A 6. B)
二、1. watch TV 2. at night 3. go to bed 4. go home 5. have dinner 6. play football
三、2 4 1 3 5 6
第 二 课 时
一、1. A: When do you have lunch? B: I have lunch at eleven forty.
2. A: Can you play basketball? B: No, I can’t. I can play football.
3. I usually go to bed at nine.
4. A: What subjects do you like?
B: I like English and Art.
5. I usually go to school at seven forty.
(1. B 2. A 3. B 4. A 5. A)
二、1. in the morning 2. dinner 3. do my homework 4. watch TV 5. When
三、1. When, get up
2. When do you, seven thirty
3. do you have lunch, have lunch, eleven twenty
4. When do you go home, I go home at four forty
第 三 课 时
一、 Hello, I’m Sam. I get up at six forty-five every day. I go to school on foot at eight. I have an English lesson at eight thirty. I have lunch at eleven fifty. I go home at five fifty. I go to bed at nine.
(5 1 4 6 2 3)
二、1. C 2. D 3. E 4. A 5. B
三、1. get up, seven 2. have four, in 3. do my homework, five thirty 4. When, go home, four thirty
四、略
Test for Unit 3
一、1. A: I like Chinese very much. B: Me too.
2. A: What subjects do you like? B: I like English and Art.
3. A: Can you skate? B: Yes, I can.
4. A: It’s one ten now. Let’s go and play table tennis. B: OK.
5. I usually play football at four after school.
6. I usually play basketball with my friends on Sunday.
7. I have an English lesson at eight thirty.
8. A: What can you see? B: I can see a big cake.
(2 5 7 6 1 4 8 3)
二、1. When do you get up every day?
2. What day is it today?
3. Let’s go and play football.
4. What can you see over there?
5. What lessons do you have in the morning?
(1. B 2. A 3. B 4. A 5. A)
三、 I have two lessons in the afternoon. I play football at four and go home at four forty. I have dinner at six fifteen. I go to bed at nine every day.
(lessons, play football, forty, have, bed)
四、1. go to school/good morning 2. play football 3. have dinner 4. get up 5. go to bed
五、1. C E 2. F 3. B 4. D 5. A
六、5 3 2 4 1
七、略
八、l. T 2. F 3. F 4. T 5. F
Unit 4 Drawing in the park
第 一 课 时
一、1. A: What can you see over there? B: I can see a hill.
2. I can draw a river and some flowers.
3. I can draw a boat.
(1. A 2. A 3. B)
二、5 3 2 1 4 6
三、1. D 2. C 3. B 4. A
第 二 课 时
一、 A: Hello, Liu Tao. Can you make a salad?
B: No, I can’t. Yang Ling can make a salad. I can make a cake.
A: Great! Wang Bing and Mike can swim and play football.
B: What about Miss Li?
A: Miss Li can draw.
(答案略）
二、park, lake, boat, flowers, trees, play
三、1. 2. 3. 4.
第 三 课 时
一、1. Look at my picture. These are the hills.
2. I can see a big tree over there.
3. A: I can draw a boat. B: Great!
4. A: Look, that is a big lake! B: How beautiful!
5. Let’s go to the park. Good idea!
6. A: I can draw the flowers. B: Wow! How nice!
(2 6 1 4 3 5)
二、1. B 2. C 3. A 4. B 5. B 6. C
三、1. C 2. E 3. D 4. A 5. B
Test for Unit 4
一、1. A: Hello, Mary. Can your brother make a fruit salad? B: Yes, he can.
2. I can draw a river. It’s easy.
3. A: Let’s go to the park. B: Good idea!
4. I can’t swim. I can skate.
5. Liu Tao can play basketball.
6. They can play football.
(1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. )
二、1. I like drawing.
2. What are those over there?
3. Look, there’s a boat there.
4. Can you draw them?
5. It’s not difficult. It’s easy.
6. What can you see in the tree?
(1. A 2. A 3. A 4. B 5. C 6. A)
三、1. Can you make a salad?
2. What can you see on the river?
3. Let’s go to the park now.
4. Look at my picture.
5. What colour is the flower?
6. Can you draw, Helen?
(1. A 2. B 3. A 4. A 5. B 6. A)
四、1. draw, flowers 2. play, make 3. tree/river, are, park, boat
五、l. A 2. B 3. B 4. C 5. B 6. C
六、略
七、go, idea, draw, boat, tree, flowers, Yes/Sure, can, tree, river
八、l. F 2. F 3. T 4. F 5. F
Project l My school life
第 一 课 时
一、1. A: What subject do you like? B: I like English.
2. A: What day is it today? B: It’s Friday.
3. A: What can you see over there? B: I can see a boat.
4. A: What time is it? B: It’s three. It’s time to play football.
(1. C 2. C 3. A 4. C )
二、略
三、1. 2. 3. 4.
第 二 课 时
一、1. A: What lessons do we have in the morning?
B: We have Chinese and English in the morning.
2. A: Come and play basketball, Liu Tao.
B: Sorry, I’ve got a swimming lesson this afternoon.
3. A: Are there any birds in the park?
B: Yes, and there are a lot of dogs too.
(1. Chinese, English 2. play, swimming 3. birds, dogs)
二、1. B 2. A 3. C 4. A 5. B 6. C
三、略
第 三 课 时
一、1. Can you draw the monkeys?
2. Mike has got a headache.
3. Do you like Science?
4. How many lessons do you have in the morning?
5. Let’s go and play football.
6. What can you draw?
(1. A 2. A 3. B 4. A 5. A 6. A)
二、1. What day, Friday, an Art 2. what time, seven, for
三、student, at, subjects, interesting, draw, with, PE, happy
Test for Project 1
一、1. We often go swimming on Saturdays.
2. This is our timetable. We have nine subjects this term.
3. I like to listen to music. How about you?
4. A: What’s for breakfast? B: Milk and bread.
5. Your coat is too long. Whose is it?
6. Can you see the boat on the river?
(1. C 2. B 3. B 4. C 5. B 6. A)
二、1. A: Do you have an Art lesson today? B: No, we have a Music lesson today.
2. A: Do you want to play football after school? B: OK.
3. A: What lessons do you have on Thursday morning?
B: We have Maths, Chinese and P









E.
4. A: What time do you go to school? B: At seven forty.
5. A: Can you draw an elephant? B: Yes, I’m drawing the elephant.
6. A: Can you ski? B: No, I can’t. I can skate.
(1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. )
三、1. What lessons do you have today?
2. How many lessons do you have a day?
3. What time do you usually go home?
4. I can draw a boat. Look at the boat.
5. Can you jump?
6. Can you draw a tiger?
(1. A 2. B 3. B 4. C 5. A 6. C)
四、1. flower 2. Monday 3. have lunch 4. boat 5. lake 6. Chinese
五、1. A 2. C 3. B 4. C 5. A 6. A
六、l. B 2. C 3. A 4. E 5. F 6. D
七、略
八、1. can, lake, ducks, Can, draw 2. Let’s, do, have
九、l. C 2. A 3. B 4. A 5. B
Unit 5 Seasons
第 一 课 时
一、1. We like summer, we can go swimming.
2. I make snowmen in winter.
3. It is warm in spring.
4. We have picnics in autumn.
(1. A 2. A 3. B 4. A)
二、summer cold autumn spring hot(连线略)
三、1. G F 2. D E 3. C A 4. H B
第 二 课 时
一、1. In spring, it is warm. We fly kites.
2. In summer, it is hot. We go swimming.
3. In autumn, it is cool. We go climbing.
4. In winter, it is cold. We make snowmen. (答案略)
二、1. C 2. B 3. A 4. A 5. C 6. C
三、略
第 三 课 时
一、1. In summer, it is hot. We go swimming.
2. We like summer. We have ice creams.
3. It is warm, we can fly kites.
4. It is cool in autumn. We can have picnics.
5. We go boating in spring.
6. In winter, it is cold. We make snowmen.
(1 4 5 2 6 3)
二、1. spring 2. summer 3. winter 4. autumn 5. hot 6. cold
三、1. spring, warm 2. cool, autumn 3. your, isn’t 4. hot, an, for
Test for Unit 5
一、1. We like autumn. We have picnics.
2. In summer, it is hot. We like swimming.
3. In autumn, it is warm.
4. We like winter. We can make snowmen with friends.
5. I like skating. I often go skating.
6. It is hot. We go climbing.
(1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. )
二、1. In winter, we make snowmen.
2. It is hot in summer.
3. We like winter. It is cold. We can skate.
4. It is warm and sunny in spring.
5. We like swimming.
6. I have three apples.
(1. C 2. A 3. B 4. A 5. A 6. C)
三、1. Whose bag is this?
2. Is this a pineapple?
3. Here’s a cake for you.
4. It’s a fine day today.
5. Do you go boating in spring?
6. What would you like?
(1. A 2. B 3. B 4. C 5. A 6. A)
四、1. C 2. B 3. D 4. A
五、l. B 2. C 3. A 4. C 5. A 6. B
六、略
七、l. C 2. A 3. D 4. B
八、l. E 2. A 3. B 4. C 5. D 6. F
九、l. B 2. A 3. C 4. C 5. C
Unit 6 Whose dress is this?
第 一 课 时
一、1. A: What’s this? B: It’s a coat.
2. A: Is that a dress? B: No, it’s a skirt.
3. A: Is it Mike’s shirt? B: Yes. You’re right.
(1. A 2. B 3. A)
二、1. 2. 3. 4.
三、cap gloves trousers shorts jeans sweater (连线略)
第 二 课 时
一、1. A: Wang Bing, is it your cap? B: Yes, it is.
2. A: Look at my dress. B: How nice, Yang Ling!
3. A: Whose gloves are they, Liu Tao? B: They’re my gloves.
4. A: Gao Shan, your trousers are too long. B: Yes. A: Try these.
5. A: Miss Li, look at the T-shirt. Do you like it? B: Yes, I do.
(答案略)
二、1. C 2. B 3. D 4. A
三、1. B 2. A 3. A 4. C 5. A
第 三 课 时
一、1. cap 2. shirt 3. sweater 4. jacket 5. jeans 6. shorts
二、1. It’s, short, this 2. my, They’re, big 3. Whose, is, It’s 4. Whose, are, They’re
三、略
Test for Unit 6
一、1. A: What’s this? B: It’s a jacket.
2. A: Look at my T-shirt. B: It’s nice.
3. A: Look at her dress. B: It’s so beautiful.
4. A: Your jeans are too long. Try these. B: All right.
5. A: Whose gloves are they? B: They’re my father’s.
6. A: Is this Dan’s sweater? B: Yes, you’re right.
(1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. )
二、1. A: Whose cap is this? B: It’s my cousin’s.
2. Your gloves are so big. Try these.
3. The sweater is too big. Try this.
4. A: Whose trousers are they? B: They’re my mother’s.
5. Your jeans are too long. Try this pair on.
6. A: Look at my coat. B: It’s so beautiful.
(1. C 2. B 3. A 4. B 5. A 6. A)
三、1. These jeans are too long.
2. A: Whose shorts are they? B: They’re Mr Green’s.
3. A: Whose sweater is this? B: It’s my cousin’s.
4. Try this on.
(1. jeans, long 2. Whose shorts, They’re 3. sweater, It’s 4. Try, on)
四、1. C 2. D 3. A 4. B
五、1. C 2. C 3. C 4. B 5. C 6. B
六、1. B 2. C 3. D 4. A 5. E 6. F
七、略
八、1. too, long, are, Don’t, for 2. at, They’re, Whose, They’re
九、1. F 2. F 3. T 4. T 5. F
Unit 7 What’s the matter?
第 一 课 时
一、1. A: What’s the matter? B: I’m hungry.
2. A: Are you ill? B: Yes, I am.
3. I’m so happy.
(1. B 2. A 3. A)
二、1. Come and have a cake.
2. Can I have some water?
3. What’s the matter?
4. Good night.
(1. A 2. A 3. A 4. A)
三、1. ill生病的 2. hungry饥饿的 3. tired累的 4. happy快乐的 5. sad难过的
第 二 课 时
一、1. Are you tired?
2. Are you all right?
3. She’s happy now.
4. This is Mrs Fox speaking.
(1. B 2. A 3. B 4. A)
二、1. ill, hungry 2. thirsty, water
三、1. A 2. A 3. B 4. C 5. B
第 三 课 时
一、1. A: Can I have some water, Mum? B: Here you are.
2. A: Here’s an apple for you. B: Thank you.
3. A: Good night, Mum and Dad. B: Good night.
4. A: What’s the matter? B: I’m sad.
5. A: Hello, this is Mrs Fox speaking. B: Hello.
(4 2 3 5 1)
二、1. E 2. A 3. D 4. B 5. C
三、略
四、1. What’s, matter 2. How many 3. Whose 4. Are you 5. isn’t
Test for Unit 7
一、1. A: Here’s some water for you. B: Thank you.
2. A: Hello, this is Wang Bing speaking. B: Hello, this is Liu Tao.
3. A: Come and have some milk, Liu Tao. B: No, I’m tired.
4. A: Look at Bobby. He’s happy now. B: Yes.
5. A: I’m hot, Dad. B: Here’s a fan.
6. A: Good night. B: Good night.
(1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. )
二、1. Are you hungry?
2. Here you are.
3. What’s the matter?
4. I want to play basketball.
5. Have some hot dogs.
(1. B 2. B 3. C 4. A 5. B)
三、1. What’s the matter?
2. I want to go to school.
3. He’s sad now.
4. Read these words.
(1. B 2. C 3. C 4. A)
四、l. B 2. D 3. D 4. A 5. D
五、1. What’s the, ill, are 2. water, thirsty, hungry, hot dog, you
六、5 1 3 4 2 6
七、l. A 2. E 3. C 4. D 5. B
八、1. F 2. F 3. F 4. F 5. T
九、略
Unit 8 How are you?
第 一 课 时
一、1. A: How are you? B: Not so good, I have a cough.
2. A: What’s the matter? B: I have a fever.
3. A: Are you hungry? B: No. I have a cold.
(1. B 2. A 3. B)
二、cold headache cough fever (连线略)
三、1. 2. 3. 4.
第 二 课 时
一、1. A: This is Yang Ling speaking. May I speak to Helen?
B: Hello, Yang Ling. This is Helen.
2. A: What’s the matter? B: I have a cough, doctor.
3. A: I’m tired. B: Here’s a chair for you.
4. A: How are you, Liu Tao? B: Not so good, I have a high fever.
(1 4 2 3)
二、略
三、1. C 2. B 3. A 4. B 5. A 6. A
第 三 课 时
一、1. A: How are you? B: Not so good. I have a cold.
2. A: I can’t go to school today, Mum.
B: What’s the matter?
A: I have a fever.
B: I’m sorry to hear that.
3. A: I’m very hungry.
B: Here’s a cake for you.
4. A: Can I have some water, Mum? I’m thirsty. B: Here you are.
5. A: How is the man? B: I think he has a cough.
6. A: Are you ill? B: Yes, I have a headache.
(2 5 1 4 6 3)
二、1. headache 2. cold 3. cough 4. fever 5. tired 6. thirsty
三、1. may, to, This 2. matter, cold, hear 3. How, Not
Test for Unit 8
一、1. He has a fever.
2. A: How are you? B: I’m fine, thank you.
3. A: What’s the matter with you?
B: I have a cold.
4. A: How is your grandpa? B: He has a cough.
5. A: Are you ill? B: No, I’m tired.
6. A: How are you? B: Not so good. I am ill.
(1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. )
二、1. Take care, Yang Ling.
2. I’m sorry to hear that.
3. What’s the matter?
4. How are you?
5. The hamburger is your lunch.
6. I have a cold and a fever too.
(1. C 2. B 3. C 4. C 5. B 6. A)
三、1. How are you?
2. See you tomorrow.
3. Can you e to my party this evening?
4. May I speak to Miss Li?
5. I have a cold and a fever.
6. Is he there?
(1. B 2. C 3. A 4. A 5. B 6. C)
四、略
五、l. B 2. C 3. A 4. B 5. C 6. A 7. B 8. A
六、1. B 2. C 3. D 4. A 5. E
七、6 2 1 5 3 4 7 9 8
八、l. F 2. F 3. F 4. T 5. F
Project 2 A Party
第 一 课 时
一、1. A: What do you usually do on Sundays? B: We often have a picnic.
2. A: Look at my dress. B: How beautiful!
3. A: What’s wrong with you? B: I’ve got a cough.
(1. A 2. A 3. B)
二、略
三、1. 2. 3. 4.
第 二 课 时
一、1. A: What do you usually do in summer?
B: I often go swimming with my family.
2. A: Yang Ling, e and have a look at my new shoes. B: Wow, they are so nice.
3. A: Can I have some eggs, Mum? I’m so hungry. B: Yes, here’s an egg for you.
(1. summer, swimming 2. shoes, nice 3. eggs, for)
二、1. C 2. A 3. A 4. A 5. B 6. B
三、略
第 三 课 时
一、1. Hello, is that Su Hai?
2. Take care, Helen.
3. Let’s go to the park and have picnics.
4. Are you thirsty?
5. Look at my shoes.
6. Can you play football?
(1. A 2. B 3. A 4. A 5. B 6. A)
二、1. dress, too, go 2. What’s, matter, Take, Thanks
三、1. B 2. C 3. A 4. A
Test for Project 2
一、1. A: Whose socks are they? B: They are my socks.
2. A: What time is it? B: Look at the clock. It’s eight.
3. I’m sorry to hear that.
4. Do you have an Art lesson this morning?
5. I like stickers. I have a lot of stickers.
6. Shall we go to the party?
(1. C 2. C 3. A 4. C 5. C 6. A)
二、1. A: It’s cold today. B: Yes, let’s go and make some snowmen.
2. A: Is Helen very sad? B: No, she looks happy.
3. A: What’s the matter with Wang Bing? B: He’s ill. He’s got a headache.
4. A: Do you like Science? B: No, I like P









E.
5. A: I’m so cold. B: Here’s a sweater for you.
6. A: Look at my sweater! B: How nice!
(1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. )
三、1. Are these your mother’s jeans?
2. What lessons do you have today?
3. Is that Helen speaking?
4. Can I have a look?
5. I can’t play football with you now. I have an English lesson.
6. Look at my shorts.
(l. C 2. A 3. A 4. B 5. C 6. C)
四、1. A 2. A 3. C 4. B 5. A
五、1. E 2. A 3. D 4. B 5. C
六、略
七、want, skirt, for, too, hot, jeans, cool/nice, her, hear
八、l. F 2. F 3. F 4. F 5. T
Final Exam I
一、1. A: Look at my dog. B: How cute!
2. A: Do you like mangoes? B: Yes, I do.
3. A: What can you see on the river? B: I can see some ducks.
4. A: Let’s go to the fancy dress party together. B: OK.
5. A: How many stickers do you have? B: Five.
6. I’m thirsty. I want to drink some water.
(l. C 2. C 3. A 4. A 5. C 6. C)
二、1. A: What lessons do you have on Thursday morning?
B: We have Chinese, English and P









E.
2. A: Can I help you? B: I’d like some pineapples.
3. A: What’s the matter with your grandfather?
B: He’s got a bad cough.
4. A: Can you see the monkeys on the hill? B: Yes, I can.
5. A: Can you e to school today? B: Sorry, Miss Li. I’m ill.
6. A: It’s four. Let’s go and play football. B: All right.
(1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. )
三、1. Do you like summer?
2. May I speak to Helen?
3. Can your brother skate?
4. Whose dress is it?
5. Let’s go swimming this Sunday.
6. Look at my coat.
(1. B 2. C 3. B 4. B 5. A 6. C)
四、1. B 2. C 3. C 4. B 5. A 6. C
五、l. D 2. E 3. F 4. A 5. C 6 . B
六、略
七、4 6 8 5 7 1 3 2 9
八、l. F 2. F 3. T 4. T 5. F 6. F
Final Exam I
I
一、1. This is my shirt for the party.
2. I want to go to bed, Mum.
3. My hand hurts.
4. We don’t have any lessons on Sunday.
5. What a pity!
6. Can you see the boat on the river?
(1. A 2. C 3. B 4. B 5. A 6. C)
二、1. Whose shorts are they?
2. Is this your bag?
3. Are you cold?
4. What lessons do you have on Thursday morning?
5. When do you have dinner every day?
6. What can you see under the tree?
(1. A 2. B 3. B 4. A 5. C 6. A)
三、A: What day is it today?
B: It’s Tuesday.
A: What lessons do we have in the afternoon?
B: We have Chinese and P









E. I like P









E. How about you?
A: I like English. But we don’t have it this afternoon.
(What day, Tuesday, Chinese, English, don’t)
四、












A. 1. In 2. about 3. at 4. on 5. to












B. 1. What 2. When 3. Whose 4. What day 5. What subjects
五、1. C 2. A 3. B 4. A 5. C 6. A
六、1. E 2. C 3. A 4. B 5. D 6. F
七、略
八、1. F 2. F 3. T 4. F

网友回答

小学英语《练习与测试》听力材料和参考答案（译林版四上）
Unit 1 I like dogs
第一课时
一、1. A: What’s this?
B: It’s an elephant.
2. A: Is that a tiger?
B: No, it’s a panda.
3. A: What are these?
B: They’re monkeys.
(1. A 2. B 3. A)
二、1． 2． 3． 4．
三、cat dog horse lion tiger（连线略）
第二课时
一、1. A: Wang Bing, do you like horses?
B: Yes, I do.
2. A: Do you like dogs, Yang Ling?
B: No, I don’t. I like cats.
3. A: What do you like, Liu Tao?
B: I like dogs.
4.A: Do you like elephants, Mike？
B: No, I like pandas.
5. A: Miss Li, look at the lion. Do you like it?
B: Yes, I do.
（答案略）
二、1. D 2. A 3. B 4. C
三、略
第三课时
一、1. A: Are those horses?
B: Yes, they are.
2. A: Would you like a pie？
B: No, thank you.
3. A: Do you like cakes?
B: Yes, I do.
4. A: Look! I have a toy panda.
B: How lovely!
5. A: Where’s the monkey?
B: It’s in the tree.
6. A: Do you like lions?
B: No, I don’t.
(5 3 6 1 4 2)
二、1. horse 2. dog 3. panda 4. cat 5. tiger 6. monkey
三、1. Do, don’t, What, dogs 2. monkey, it’s 3. like, hot dogs
Test for Unit 1
一、1. This is a lovely dog.
2. That’s a toy tiger.
3. I like monkeys.
4. A: Is that a lion?
B: Yes, it’s a lion.
5. I can see four elephants.
6. These are animals.
(1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. )
二、1. The panda is cute.
2. Look at these horses.
3. I like dogs.
4. Do you like parrots?
5. I have a bird.
6. The little monkeys are in the tree.
(1. A 2. B 3. C 4. C 5. B 6. A)
三、1. Look at the cat.
2. Would you like a sweet?
3. I like tigers. What about you?
4. Do you like horses?
5. Are those lions?
6. What’s that?
(1. B 2. C 3. A 4. A 5. B 6. C)
四、1. B 2. C 3. A 4. B 5. C 6. A
五、1. B 2. C 3. D 4. A 5. E 6. G 7. F
六、略
七、I’m, ten, dog, cats, cure/nice/lovely . . .
八、略
Unit 2 Let’s make a fruit salad
第一课时
一、1. A: What’s this?
B: It’s an orange.
2. A: Do you have a mango?
B: Yes, I do.
3. A: Is this an apple?
B: No, it’s a pineapple.
4. A: What are these?
B: They’re apples.
5. A: Do you have any pears?
B: Yes, I do.
6. A: What do you like？
B: I like grapes.
（1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. ）
二、1. banana 2. grape 3. mango 4. pineapple
三、 1. A 2. D 3. C 4. B
第二课时
一、1. That’s my toy car.
2. A: Look at our fruit salad!
B: How nice!
3. I have three mangoes.
4. A: Do you have any bananas?
B: Yes, I do.
5. I like this lovely doll.
6. This apple is for Mike.
(5 4 1 6 3 2)
二、1. D 2. C 3. B 4. E 5. A
三、1. have, pineapple, bananas, mangoes
2. Do, any grapes, don’t, an apple
3. at, fruit, nice
第三课时
一、1. Do you have a grape?
2. I have four mangoes.
3. I don’t like pineapples.
4. Do you have any bananas?
5. Let’s make a fruit salad.
(1. C 2. B 3. B 4. C 5. C)
二、grape mango banana pineapple (连线略)
三、略
Test for Unit 2
一、1. A: Do you have a mango?
B: Yes, I do.
2. A: What are these?
B: They are grapes.
3. A: Would you like a pineapple?
B: No, thanks.
4. A: Do you have any bananas?
B: No, I don’t. I have two pears.
(1. B 2. B 3. B 4. A)
二、I. I don’t like lions.
2. I have a pineapple.
3. Look at those grapes.
4. Here you are.
5. How many oranges do you have?
(1. C 2. B 3. C 4. A 5. C)
三、1. Tom, this banana is for you.
2. Do you have any toy cars?
3. Let’s make a fruit salad.
4. I have some grapes. What about you?
5. Is that your mango?
(1. A 2. A .3. B 4. B 5. C)
四、A: Do you have any bananas?
B: No, I don’t. I have some grapes.
A: I like grapes.
B: Here you are.
A: Thanks.
( Do, any bananas, don’t, some grapes, you)
五、 1. 2. 3. 4.
六、 l. C 2. D 3. B 4. A
七、l. C 2. A 3. B 4. B 5. B 6. B
八、1. are these, mangoes 2. Do, any, don’t 3. have, some bananas
九、1. C 2. D 3. B 4. A 5. E
十、1. B 2. B 3. A 4. C 5. C 6. A
Unit 3 How many?
第一课时
一、1.thirteen 2. sixteen 3. nineteen 4.five 5.twelve 6. eleven（答案略）
二、 1. D 2. B 3. A 4.C
三、 1. C 2. B 3. E 4. D 5. F 6. A
第二课时
一、1. A: What do you have, Miss Li?
B: I have sixteen stickers.
2. A: Do you have any robots, Mike?
B: No. But I have fourteen toy cars.
3. A: Liu Tao, how many books do you have?
B: I have thirteen books.
4. A: Yang Ling, do you have any balls?
B: Yes, I have six.
5. A: Do you like robots, Wang Bing?
B: Yes, I do. Look, I have five robots.
（答案略）
二、1. thirteen 2. nineteen 3. fifteen 4. eighteen 5. sixteen
(1. A 2. B 3. A 4. B 5. A)
三、1. E 2. A 3. D 4. F 5. B 6. C
第三课时
一、1. I have many pencils.
2. I can see thirteen birds in the tree.
3. Can you play table tennis?
4. Look, that panda is very cute!
5. A: How many cakes do you have?
B: Twelve.
6. Look at those monkeys.
(1. A 2. A 3. B 4. C 5. A 6. C)
二、1. Do you have any stickers?
2. What do you have?
3. Look at those cats.
4. Can I have a look?
5. How many books do you have?
(1. A 2. C 3. B 4. A 5. A)
三、1. A 2. C 3. B 4. B 5. B 6. C
Test for Unit 3
一、1. A: Look at my toy panda.
B: It’s fat and cute!
2. A: Do you have any mangoes?
B: No, but I have a pineapple.
3. A: How many pencils do you have?
B: I have fifteen pencils.
4. A: What do you have, Yang Ling?
B: I have some stickers.
5. A: Can I have a banana?
B: Sure. Here you are.
6. A: Let’s play table tennis.
B: OK.
(1 5 3 4 2 6 )
二、1. A: What do you have?
B: I have some toy cars.
2. A: How many rulers do you have?
B: I have ten rulers.
3. A: Do you have thirteen balls?
B: Yes, I do.
4. A: Are these grapes?
B: No, they aren’t. They are mangoes.
5. A: Look at these dogs.
B: They’re lovely!
6. The boy has many crayons.
(1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. )
三、1. Look at my new robots.
2. Do you have any oranges?
3. Would you like a pie?
4. Can I have a look?
5. What do you have?
6. How many toy cats do you have?
(1. B 2. C 3. C 4. A 5. A 6. A)
四、any apples, don’t, have some, How many bananas
五、1. C 2. B 3. B 4. A 5. C
六、1. A 2. C 3. D 4. B 5. E
七、略
八、2 4 8 7 1 5 3 6
九、1. T 2. T 3. F 4. T 5. F
Unit 4 I can play basketball
第一课时
一、1. Wow, I can jump very high.
2. Look, he can skate very well.
3. A: Can you play basketball?
B: No. I can play football.
(1. A 2. A 3. B)
二、swim basketball skate football jump (连线略)
三、1. 2. 3. 4.
第二课时
一、1. Can you play basketball?
2. I can skate very well.
3. Have a try, please.
4. Look at those horses.
5. What do you like?
6. A: How many stickers do you have?
B: I have nine stickers.
(1. B 2. B 3. B 4. C 5. A 6. B )
二、1. B 2. A 3. C 4. A 5. B 6. A
三、略
第三课时
一、 1. A: How many bananas do you have?
B: I have three.
2. A: Can you play table tennis？
B: Yes, I can.
3. A: Can your mother make a fruit salad?
B: Yes, she can.
4. A: Can your brother play football?
B: Yes, he can.
5. A: Can you play basketball?
B: Yes, I can.
6. A: Can your brother swim?
B: No, he can’t. He can run.
(2 5 3 4 6 1)
二、1. A: My grandmother can play table tennis.
B: Wow. She’s great.
2. A: Look at those dogs.
B: They’re cute.
3. A: I can’t play basketball.
B: Don’t be sad. You can have a try.
(1. can play 2. at, dogs, They’re 3. can’t, Don’t, have, try)
三、 1. skate 2. Can, swim, can’t, swim 3. many, three, Can 4. grapes, you
Test for Unit 4
一、1. A: How many stickers do you have?
B: I have seventeen stickers.
2. Look, the lions can run very fast.
3. A: Can you skate？
B: No, I can’t.
4. Look at that dog. It can jump.
5. My brother can play football very well.
6. A: Can your father play basketball?
B: Yes, he can.
(4 2 3 6 5 1)
二、1. Here’s a doll for you.
2. Don’t shout in the library.
3. That is a cute panda.
4. My sister is five.
5. Let’s make a cake.
6. How many toy elephants do you have？
(1. B 2. B 3. C 4. B 5. A 6. A)
三、1. Do you like dogs?
2. Can you play table tennis?
3. What are those？
4. How old is he?
5. Can she jump?
6. Open the door, please.
(1. B 2. C 3. A 4. C 5. C 6. A)
四、1. A: Can Mike skate？
B: Yes, he can skate very well.
2. A: How many mangoes do you have？
B: I have three.
(1. skate, he, skate 2. many mangoes, three)
五、l. would 2. can 3. Do 4. make 5.have
六、l. C 2. B 3. A 4. A 5. B 6. C 7. B 8. C
七、l. D 2. A 3. B 4. E 5. C
八、略
九、1 3 5 2 4 6
十、1. F 2. T 3. T 4. F
Project l A profile
第一课时
一、1. Do you like basketballs?
2. A: What’s that?
B: It’s an elephant.
3. How many pineapples do you have?
(1. A 2. B 3. A)
二、 grape panda swim football tiger(连线略)
三、 1. 2. 3. 4.
第二课时
一、1. I have some pineapples.
2. A: Do you like horses?
B: Yes, I do.
3. I have fifteen mangoes.
4. Have a try.
5. Can I have a look？
(1. B 2. A 3. A 4. B 5. C)
二、 1. A 2. B 3. A 4.C
三、1. D 2. E 3. A 4. B 5. C 6. F
第三课时
一、1. These are tigers.
2. Do you like balls?
3. A: Can Tim play football?
B: Yes, he can.
4. I can jump.
5. A: How many cars do you have?
B: Eleven.
6. I have twelve bananas.
(3 2 5 4 1 6)
二、1. an 2. a 3. a 4. an 5. an 6. a 7. a 8. an
三、1. Do, don’t, What, oranges 2. do, have, ten, have a look
Test for Project 1
一、1. A: Do you like monkeys?
B: Yes, I do.
2. A: I have a mango.
B: I have a pineapple.
3. A: Do you have any pencils?
B: No, I don’t.
4. A: How many basketballs do you have?
B: Thirteen.
5. A: Can I have a sticker?
B: Sure.
6. A: Can you swim?
B: No, I can’t. I can skate.
（1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. ）
二、1. Have a try.
2. I have seventeen robots.
3. Can I have a doll?
4. A: I have two mangoes.
B: Wonderful!
5. These pandas are cute.
6. The fruit salad is over there.
(1. A 2. B 3. C 4. B 5. B 6. A)
三、1.Do you have any pineapples?
2. What do you like?
3. Look at these monkeys.
4. How many rubbers do you have?
5. What can you do?
6. Can Helen swim?
(1. B 2. A 3. C 4. B 5. B 6. C)
四、l. swim 2. banana 3. jump 4. tiger
5. panda 6. mango
五、1. C 2. B 3. A 4. C 5. C 6. B
六、l. B 2. C 3. E 4. A 5. D 6. F
七、略
八、l. T 2. F 3. T 4. F 5. T
Unit 5 Our new home
第一课时
一、1. A: What’s this?
B: It’s a cake.
2. A: Is that a sofa?
B: Yes, it is.
3. A: What’s that?
B: It’s a table.
(1.B 2. A 3. A)
二. clock sofa table fridge bedroom (连线略)
三. 1. 2. 3. 4.
第二课时
一、1. A: Where is Wang Bing?
B: He is in the kitchen.
2. A: Is Yang Ling in the sitting-room?
B: No, she’s in the bathroom.
3. A: Where is Liu Tao?
B: He’s sitting on the sofa.
4. A: Where is Mike?
B: He’s in the bedroom.
5. A: Miss Li, where are you?
B: I’m in the living room.
（答案略）
二、1. E 2. A 3. C 4. D 5. B
三、l. B 2. C 3. A 4. B 5. C 6. C
第三课时
一、1. This is our bathroom.
2. A: How many bananas are there?
B: Thirteen.
3. A: Where are the pineapples?
B: They’re in the kitchen.
4. A: Where is the cap?
B: It’s on the table.
5. Yang Ling is in the bedroom.
6. A: How are you, bird?
B: I’m hungry.
(5 1 6 4 2 3)
二、1. sofa 2. dog 3. fourteen 4. mango 5. kitchen 6. table
三、1. Do, don’t, What, bananas 2. clock, it’s 3. horse, in
Test for Unit 5
一、1. This dog is in the kitchen.
2. The dolls are on the table.
3. I can see fifteen mangoes.
4. A: Where is the clock?
B: It’s in the bathroom.
5. I can see four elephants.
6. The grapes are in the fridge.
（1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. ）
二、1. The bird is very cute.
2. A: Where is Mike?
B: He’s in the bathroom.
3. Where is the clock?
4. Would you like a hot dog?
5. Let’s make a fruit salad.
6. The little monkeys are in the tree.
(1. A 2. B 3. C 4. C 5. B 6. A)
三、1. Where is my cap?
2. Where are the apples?
3. Is this a cat?
4. Look at this bird.
5. Is this a table?
6. How are you?
(1. C 2. C 3. A 4. B 5. A 6. A)
四、1. A 2. D 3. C 4. B
五、1. Can 2. What 3. Where 4. Do 5. isn’t
六、l. C 2. C 3. A 4. C 5. C 6. A 7. B 8. C 9. B 10. C
七、3 2 4 6 1 5
八、略
Unit 6 At the snack bar
第一课时
一、1. I’d like a hamburger.
2. Some noodles, please.
3. Would you like some rice?
4. Here’s a cake for you.
5. I’ve got a sandwich for you.
6. How much is the cup of coffee?
(4 1 3 2 5 6)
二、 tea rice coffee milk noodles (连线略)
三、1. A 2. B 3. A 4. B 5. B
第二课时
一、1. A: What would you like?
B: I’d like a glass of milk.
2. A: Can I help you?
B: A pie, please.
3. A: Something to drink?
B: A cup of coffee, please.
4. A: Anything else?
B: Some rice, please.
(1. B 2. B 3. B 4. A)
二、1. B 2. D 3. A 4. C 5. E
三、would, like, like a glass of milk, you are, Thank
第三课时
一、1. A: Miss Li, what would you like?
B: I’d like a cup of coffee.
2. A: What would you like, Mike?
B: I’d like some noodles.
3. A: Can I help you, Liu Tao?
B: I’d like an egg.
4. A: Something to eat, Yang Ling?
B: Some rice, please.
5. A: What would you like, Wang Bing?
B: I’d like some cakes.
（答案略）
二、1. A: What would you like?
B: I’d like an egg, please.
2. A: What’s this in English?
B: It’s a pencil.
3. Here’s a nice snack bar.
4. A: Can I help you?
B: Some fish, please.
5. A: What’s this?
B: It’s a pear.
6. I can see some rice on the table.
（1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. ）
三、略
Test for Unit 6
一、1. I can see some oranges on the table.
2. I’d like a pie, please.
3. A: What’s the time?
B: It’s seven o’clock.
4. Come here, please.
5. This is my friend.
6. The box is on the desk.
( 1. B 2. C 3. C 4. B 5. A 6. A )
二、1. Is that woman your mother?
2. Do you like cats?
3. Mike is your friend, I think.
4. Is that a bear?
5. Look at that car.
6. Can you play football?
(1. A 2. B 3. B 4. A 5. B 6. A)
三、A: I’m hungry, I’d like a sandwich and a pie. What would you like, Mike?
B: I’d like a hamburger and an ice cream. How about you, Tim?
C: I’d like an ice cream, too. And I’d like a cake and a glass of milk.
(答案略)
四、1.C 2. B 3. B 4. A 5. A 6. C
五、1. What would you like?
2. Yes, it is.
3. Is this her father?
4. I’d like a sandwich.
5. Close the door.
六、What, you, I’d, pie/sweet, else, A sweet/pie, Here, Thank
七、1. Can, help, cake, an 2. What, big fish 3. Here’s, bar
八、1 3 5 2 4 6 7
九、1. F 2. F 3. F 4. T 5. T
Unit 7 How much?
第一课时
一、1. A: What are those?
B: They’re twelve pencils.
2. A: What would you like?
B: I’d like a pair of socks.
3. A: This umbrella is very nice.
B: Thank you.
(1. A 2. B 3. A)
二、shoes fifty forty umbrella socks (连线略)
三、l. A 2. B 3. B 4. A
第二课时
一、1. There are twelve bananas.
2. Tina’s tail is short.
3. A: How much is the T-shirt?
B: Thirty yuan, please.
4. The cup is twenty yuan.
5. The boy can jump high.
6. A: Can I help you?
B: Nine cakes, please.
（1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. ）
二、1. 2. 3. 4.
三、略
第三课时
一、1. A: Do you like dogs?
B: Yes, I do.
2. A: What would you like?
B: I’d like a cup of tea.
3. A: Can you swim?
B: No, I can play basketball.
4. A: How much are the pineapples?
B: They’re forty yuan.
5. A: Would you like an apple?
B: No, thank you.
6. A: Where’s my cap?
B: It’s on the bed.
(4 1 5 2 6 3)
二、1. Would, What, juice 2. are they, Forty-four 3. pens, six
四、1. B 2. A 3. B 4. A 5. C 6. C
Test for Unit 7
一、1. This umbrella is for Wang Bing.
2. A: What would you like, Yang Ling?
B: I’d like a pair of shoes.
3. A: Can you play basketball, Liu Tao?
B: No, I can play football.
4. A: How many mangoes do you have, Mike？
B: I have three mangoes.
5. Miss Li, I’d like these socks.
(答案略)
二、1. These shoes are very nice.
2. A: What are those?
B: They’re books.
3. Can I help you?
4. A: Look at my new shirt.
B: It’s nice.
5: A: How much is it?
B: It’s fifteen yuan.
6. How many toys do you have?
7. The socks are only three yuan.
8. This coat is very cool.
9. An apple pie, please.
10. Liu Tao can play football.
(1. B 2. A 3. A 4. A 5. B 6. C 7. C 8. A 9. B 10. C)
三、l. How much are the socks?
2. How old are you?
3. Can I help you?
4. Do you like cakes?
5. How many toy tigers do you have?
(1. C 2. C 3. A 4. A 5. A)
四、1. C 2. A 3. B 4. D
五、l. B 2. C 3. C 4. B 5. B 6. B 7. C 8. C
六、l. D 2. E 3. B 4. A 5. C
七、略
八、l. E 2. D 3. A 4. F 5. C 6. B
九、1. F 2. F 3. T 4. T
Unit 8 Dolls
第一课时
一、1. Look at the doll. Her hair is long.
2. The boy’s ears are big.
3. The cat’s eyes are small.
4. The lion is very big.
5. Look at the monkey. His mouth is big.
6. The girl’s mouth is small.
(4 5 1 6 2 3)
二、eye ear hair mouth nose (连线略)
三、1. 2. 3. 4.
第二课时
一、1. A: What’s this in English?
B: It’s an eye.
2. A: Look at the pencil.
B: It’s long.
3. A: Do you like pandas?
B: No, I like cats.
(1. A 2. B 3. A)
二、4 2 3 5 6 1
三、1. Can, can 2. tall, short 3. ears, big, nose, small
四、1. A 2. C 3. B 4. A 5. A 6. C
第三课时
一、This is Helen. She is thin. Her eyes are big.
This is David. He is thin and short. His nose is big.
That is Mike. He is tall. He has small ears.
(答案略)
二、略
三、1. B 2. A 3. B 4. A
Test for Unit 8
一、1. This is a beautiful doll.
2. The pencil is short.
3. He is a fat man.
4. Where is my mother?
5. Her hair is long.
6. His nose is red.
(1. C 2. B 3. B 4. C 5. C 6. A)
二、1. A: What are these?
B: They are dolls.
2. Wow, the girl’s hair is very long.
3. A: Is the man thin?
B: Yes, he is.
4. Look at the boy. His ears are big.
5. A: Look at her sweater.
B: It’s too big.
6. A: Is this boy your brother?
B: Yes, he is.
(1. F 2. T 3. T 4. F 5. T 6. F)
三、1. Who’s he? He is Jack. He is nineteen. His eyes and ears are big.
2. Look at that Chinese girl. She has an apple. Her hair is long. She is Sandy.
3. That is a Chinese boy. His eyes are small. He’s fat. He’s Cai Yun.
（答案略）
四、1. eye 2. nose 3. hair 4. ear 5. mouth
五、l. B 2. E 3. F 4. A 5. C 6. D
六、1. B 2. A 3. B 4. B 5. B
七、1. Tina 2. Tom 3. May 4. Jack
八、l. A 2. B 3. C 4. A 5. C
九、l. F 2. T 3. T 4. F 5. T
Project 2 My snack bar
第一课时
一、1. A: Where are my shoes?
B: They’re in your bedroom.
2. A: What would you like?
B: I’d like a cup of coffee.
3. A: What are those?
B: They are socks.
4. A: Look at that cat.
B: It’s fat.
(1. B 2. B 3. A 4. A)
二、skirt bathroom rice twenty fish (连线略)
三、1. 2. 3. 4.
第二课时
一、1. A: How many basketballs do you have, Liu Tao?
B: I have three.
2. A: What would you like, Su Hai?
B: Some rice, please.
3. A: Where are you, Helen?
B: I’m in the bedroom.
4. A: Can you play basketball, Mike?
B: No, I can’t. But I can play football.
5. A: How much are the noodles？
B: Five yuan.
（答案略）
二、1. D 2. A 3. C 4. B
三、略
四、1. C 2. B 3. A 4. B 5. C
第三课时
一、1. A: Can I help you?
B: I’d like an umbrella.
2. A: Look at that panda.
B: It’s fat but lovely.
3. A: How much are the fans?
B: Twelve yuan, please.
4. A: Are my shoes in the bedroom?
B: No, they’re in the living room.
5. A: Where’s the hot dog?
B: It’s in the fridge.
6. A: This is my brother.
B: He’s tall and thin.
(3 4 6 1 2 5)
二、1. football 2. fifty 3. bathroom 4. juice 5. ear 6. shoes
三、1. umbrellas, How much, Forty 2. at, short, eyes
3. Where are, They’re under
Test for Project 2
一、1. Look, the snowman’s nose and eyes are big.
2. A: Where are my white T-shirts?
B: They’re on your bed.
3. These shoes are cheap. They are only twenty-two yuan.
4. A: What would you like?
B: Some noodles and a glass of milk.
5. A: How much are they?
B: They’re forty yuan.
6. A: Can you ride a bike?
B: No. But I can fly a kite.
（1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. ）
二、1. Would you like some tea?
2. His eyes are small.
3. Let’s go to the snack bar.
4. How much are the footballs?
5. My books are in my bedroom.
6. I have seventeen umbrellas.
(1. B 2. A 3. B 4. C 5. B 6. C)
三、1. Can I help you?
2. How much are the shoes?
3. Where are my socks?
4. Here you are.
5. Look at my sister’s doll.
6. Can you swim?
(1. B 2. A 3. C 4. C 5. B 6. A)
四、1. D 2. A 3. B 4. F 5. E 6. C
五、1. C 2. A 3. B 4. B 5. A 6. B
六、略
七、l. B 2. D 3. E 4. A 5. F 6. C
八、1. T 2. F 3. F 4. T
Final Exam I
一、1. A: Nancy, do you have a pineapple?
B: Yes, I do.
2. A: Can you play football？
B: Yes, I can.
3. A: Where is my bag?
B: It’s in the bedroom.
4. A: How much are the shoes?
B: They are sixty yuan.
5. Look at this snowman. His nose is long.
6. A: Would you like a hamburger?
B: Yes, please.
（1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. ）
二、1. I’d like some mangoes.
2. A: Where’s my cap？
B: It’s on the sofa.
3. Look at my bag.
4. Do you have any grapes?
5. Can you play basketball?
6. This umbrella is cool.
(1. B 2. A 3. C 4. A 5. B 6. C)
三、1. Do you like tigers?
2. Can Liu Tao swim?
3. How many dolls do you have?
4. Where’s the clock?
5. How much is the fan?
6. What would you like?
(1. B 2. C 3. B 4. C 5. A 6. A)
四、A: Come here, David. Look at this cat.
B: It’s fat.
A: Do you like cats?
B: No, I don’t. I like horses.
(Come, cat, fat, cats, don’t, horses)
五、l. B 2. A 3. C 4. D 5. E 6. F
六、1. B 2. A 3. B 4. C 5. C 6. B
七、l. F 2. C 3. E 4. A 5. D 6. B
八、略
九、1. A: Do you have any fans?
B: No, I don’t.
2. Mike can’t play football.
3. Where is your school bag?
4. How many toy cars do you have?
十、2 3 4 1 5 7 6
十一、1. F 2. T 3. F 4. T
Final Exam I
I
一、1. A: Something to drink?
B: Some juice, please.
2. A: How many toy pandas do you have?
B: I have six.
3. A: Do you like dogs?
B: No, I don’t.
4. A: Where are my socks?
B: They are on the sofa.
5. A: How much is this umbrella?
B: 15 yuan.
6. A: Do you have any mangoes?
B: No, I have some grapes.
(6 2 3 5 4 1)
二、1. Look at this cat. It’s cute.
2. A: Would you like a hot dog?
B: No, thank you.
3. The clock is on the fridge.
4. Bobby’s eyes are small.
5. A: Can I help you?
B: I’d like a cup of coffee.
6. Your skirt is on the bed.
(1. B 2. C 3. A 4. C 5. B 6. A)
三、1. What would you like?
2. Where are my bananas?
3. How many stickers do you have?
4. Can Bobby play basketball?
5. Look at my toy elephant.
6. How much is this skirt?
(1. B 2. B 3. B 4. C 5. A 6. C)
四、A: Look at my toy car.
B: It’s cool.
A: Do you have any toy cars?
B: No, I don’t.
A: What do you have?
B: I have some stickers.
(car, cool, cars, don’t, What, stickers)
五、l. panda 2. pineapple 3. eighteen 4. swim 5. clock
6. noodles 7. eye 8. tiger
六、












A. 1. would 2. can 3. Do 4. at 5. have












B. 1. Where 2. How many 3. What colour
4. How much 5. What
七、l. C 2. A 3. B 4. A 5. C 6. A
八、l. E 2. C 3. A 4. B 5. D 6. F
九、略
十、have, Can, long, big, small, mouth
十一、1. T 2. F 3. T 4. T

网友回答

小学英语《练习与测试》听力材料和参考答案（译林版三下）
Unit 1 In class

第一课时
一、1. Please open the door. 2. Please close the book. 3. Please close the window. 4. It’s a blackboard. 5. A: What’s this? B: It’s a rubber. 6. A: What’s that? B: It’s a robot.
(1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. )
二、1. B 2. B 3. C 4. B 5. A
三、1. Look at the window. 2. It’s a book. 3. Close the door. /Don’t open the door. 4. Sit down, please.
四、1. F 2. T 3. F 4. F 5. T 6. T
第二课时
一、1. Sit down, please. 2. It’s a parrot. 3. It’s a door. 4. Open the book. 5. Please close the window.
(1. B 2. B 3. A 4. C 5. A)
二、1. door 2. window 3. stand 4. close
三、1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
第三课时
一、1. What’s this, Sam? 2. Don’t listen to the parrot, Wang Bing. 3. Close the window, Liu Tao. 4. Good morning, Miss Li. 5. Would you like a pie? 6. Look at the blackboard, class.
(1. A 2. B 3. A 4. A 5. B 6. C)
二、1. A 2. C 3. B
三、1. Thank you. 2. Yes, Mr Green. 3. I’m sorry. 4. It’s a ball. 5. What’s this?
四、1. door 2. blackboard 3. book 4. window
Unit 2 In the library

第一课时
一、1. Don’t drink. 2. Don’t sleep. 3. Don’t shout. (1. B 2. A 3. B)
二、1. B 2. B 3. C 4. A B 5. C
三、robot cap ball book grandpa(连线略)
四、B D E F
第二课时
一、1. Open the window, Bobby. 2. Don’t sleep, Bobby. I want to talk. 3. Sam is walking up and down. 4. Don’t eat my cake, Sam. 5. Is this your English book? 6. Don’t run in class, Bobby. (4 2 5 6 1 3)
二、1. 2. 3. 4.
三、shout talk run sleep drink eat(连线略)
四、1. AB 2. B 3. BC 4. AC 5. AB 6. A
第三课时
一、1. Stand up, please. 2. Don’t run, please. 3. A: What’s this? B: It’s a rubber. 4. A: What’s this? B: It’s a parrot. 5. A: What’s this? B: It’s a robot. 6. Liu Tao is walking.
(1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. )
二、1. B 2. C 3. B 4. C 5. B 6. A
三、1. Eat the pie, please. 2. Don’t run to the door. 3. Open your books, please.
4. Don’t stand up. 5. Talk in class, please. 6. Don’t drink my milk.
四、1. Don’t sleep. 2. Don’t shout. 3. Don’t eat. 4. Don’t run.

Test for Unit 1 ~ Unit 2

一、1. Please close the door. 2. Please open the door. 3. Please close the window.
4. Please open the window. 5. Close your book, please. 6. Open your book, please.
(l. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. )
二、1. No. It’s a robot. 2. Sit down, Liu Tao. 3. Please close the window. 4. Please open your book. 5. Don’t drink my milk.
(1. B 2. C 3. A 4. C 5. B)
三、1. Please look at the blackboard. 2. Would you like a hot dog? 3. Good morning, Su Hai. 4. What’s this, Helen? 5. Don’t talk in class, Sam.
(5 4 1 2 3)
四、1. Don’t eat. 2. Don’t sleep. 3. Don’t drink. 4. Don’t shout. 5. Don’t talk.
6. Don’t run.
(5 1 6 4 2 3)
五、1. × 2. √ 3. × 4. √ 5. √ 6. × 7. × 8. √ 9. √ 10. ×
六、pie sleep parrot blackboard(连线略)
七、1. 2. 3. 4.
八、1. Yes, Miss Li. 2. What’s this? 3. No, thank you. 4. Don’t talk in class.
九、1. B 2. A 3. C 4. C
十、C D I
Unit 3 Is this your pencil?

第一课时
一、1. This is a pencil case. 2. It’s a pen. 3. This is a schoolbag. 4. A: Is this a ruler?
B: Yes, it is.
(1. A 2. B 3. A 4. B)
二、1. × 2. × 3. √ 4. ×
三、1. B A C D 2. B A D C 3. C A D B
四、l. pencil 2. This 3. your 4. rubber
第二课时
一、1. Bobby, is that your pie? 2. It is your crayon. 3. That isn’t a doll. 4. That is a blue rubber. 5. This isn’t a blackboard. 6. Yes, it’s my new crayon.
(1. B 2. C 3. A 4. C 5. B 6. A)
二、C E F B D A
三、1. C 2. B 3. C 4. B 5. C 6. B
四、1. B 2. A 3. A 4. A 5. A
第三课时
一、1. This is my pencil case. 2. Is that your rubber? 3. This is my pen. 4. That is my schoolbag. 5. This is my pencil. That is my crayon. 6. This is my rubber. That is my ruler.
(l. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. )
二、1. rubber 2. ruler 3. pencil case 4. schoolbag 5. crayon 6. pencil
三、1. Yes, it is. 2. Is this your pen? 3. Is that a cake? 4. That isn’t my book.
四、1. C 2. A 3. B 4. A 5. C 6. C 7. A 8. B
五、l. F 2. A 3. D 4. H 5. C 6. B 7. G 8. E
Unit 4 Where’s the bird?

第一课时
一、1. A: Where is the rubber? B: It’s in the desk. 2. A: Where is the ball? B: It’s under the desk. 3. A: Where is the toy car? B: It’s on the box. 4. A: Where is the doll? B: It’s beside the chair. 5. A: Where is the chair? B: It’s behind the door. 6. A: Where is the bird? B: It’s in the tree.
(1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. )
二、ruler door rubber desk(连线略)
三、1. under the desk 2. on the chair 3. on the desk 4. behind the door
四、2 1 3 4 5
第二课时
一、1. floor 2. on the desk 3. It’s not here. 4. behind the window 5. Where is the chair? 6. Is it in your pencil case?
(1. C 2. B 3. B 4. C 5. C 6. A)
二、1. B 2. A 3. A 4. B 5. C 6. A
三、l. 2. 3. 4.
四、1. No, it isn’t. 2. It’s an egg. 3. It’s under the desk.
第三课时
一、1. The rubber is in the pencil case. 2. Where is your English book? 3. Mike is behind the door. 4. The pencil is beside the box. 5. The schoolbag is on the pencil case. 6. Is it in your desk?
(1. A 2. A 3. B 4. B 5. B 6. A)
二、1. listen 2. blackboard, class 3. talk 4. Yes 5. bird, beautiful 6. Thank you
三、bird run window stand(连线略)
四、1. C 2. A 3. A 4. C 5. B
五、1. How beautiful! 2. Where is Miss Li? 3. Stand up, please. 4. Where’s the robot?
5. Is this a rubber?
Test for Unit 3 ~ Unit 4

一、1. a rubber 2. a chair 3. a schoolbag (l. A 2. B 3. B)
二、1. The ball is on the desk. 2. The ball is under the chair. 3. He’s behind the door. 4. He’s beside the window. 5. A: Where’s the bird? B: It’s beside the chair. 6. A: Where’s the bird? B: It’s behind the chair.
(l. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. )
三、1. blackboard 2. under the chair 3. It’s in the pencil case. 4. It’s my pen. 5. This is my ruler. 6. Is that your schoolbag?
(1. C 2. C 3. B 4. A 5. A 6. B)
四、略
五、1. BC 2. AB 3. A 4. AB 5. ABC
六、l. in 2. Where, under 3. book, isn’t 4. Yes 5. for, nice 6. rubber, Is
七、l. B 2. E 3. D 4. A 5. C
八、1. behind 2. ruler, on, chair 3. Where, on, desk 4. rubber, in, pencil case
九、1. 3 1 5 2 4 2. 3 2 5 4 1
Project l My puppy

第一课时
一、1. Don’t talk. 2. A: Is this a crayon? B: Yes, it is. 3. Please close the door. 4. Don’t eat the ice-cream. 5. A: Is that a pencil? B: No, it’s a pen. 6. Don’t sleep here. (3 1 2 4 6 5)
二、1. bird 2. chair 3. desk 4. drink 5. pen 6. pencil case
三、1. E 2. D 3. B 4. C 5. F 6. A
四、3 4 1 2 5
第二课时
一、1. The puppy is on the box. 2. The puppy is under the box. 3. Don’t talk in class. 4. This is a pencil case. 5. This is a window. 6. That’s my schoolbag.
(1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. )
二、1. This is my English book. 2. Is this your English book? 3. It isn’t my English book.
4. Where’s my English book? 5. That isn’t your English book. 6. Open your English book.
(4 1 5 2 6 3)
三、1. A 2. B 3. A 4. B
四、1. √ 2. × 3. √ 4. × 5. ×
第三课时
一、1. Don’t shout. 2. That’s my pencil. 3. Would you like a pie? 4. A: Where’s the ball?
B: It’s behind the door.
(l. A 2. B 3. B 4. A)
二、1. A 2. B 3. C 4. C 5. A 6. A
三、1. cap 2. book 3. Where 4. That
四、1. C 2. ABC 3. A 4. B 5. C
五、1. F 2. F 3. T
Unit 5 How old are you?

第一课时
一、1. 4 2. 3 3. 9 4. 73 5. 28 6. 63 7. F874 8. B698
(1. B 2. A 3. C 4. B 5. A 6. C 7. C 8. C)
二、one three four six eight ten
三、1. two 2. six 3. five 4. nine 5. seven 6. three
四、1. three pencils 2. one desk 3. six birds 4. eight rubbers 5. seven rulers 6. ten eggs
第二课时
一、1. 6 2. 9 3. 2 4. 8 5. 7 6. 1
(1. B 2. C 3. A 4. C 5. B 6. A)
二、1. × 2. × 3. × 4. × 5. √
三、1. old, ten, about, I’m 2. Birthday, for, nice, wish, robot, want, time
四、1. D C 2. F B 3. A E
五、略
第三课时
一、1. I’m four. 2. I want a toy car. 3. Happy Birthday, Tim! 4. I want a new schoolbag.
5. It’s time for the cake. 6. What a nice bird!
(1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. )
二、1. D 2. A 3. C 4. F 5. E 6. B
三、1. A 2. B 3. B 4. A 5. A
四、1. D 2. E 3. B 4. C 5. A
五、1. C 2. C 3. B 4. A 5. C
Unit 6 What time is it?

第一课时
一、1. A: What time is it? B: It’s eight o’clock. 2. A: What time is it? B: It’s two o’clock. 3. A: What time is it? B: It’s ten o’clock. 4. A: What time is it? B: It’s six o’clock. 5. A: What time is it? B: It’s five o’clock. 6. A: What time is it? B: It’s twelve o’clock.（答案略）
二、1. eight 8/right正确的 2. time时间 3. six 6 4. sorry对不起 5. sister姐姐；妹妹
6. shout叫；喊
三、1. B 2. A 3. AB 4. B 5. A 6. AB
四、1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
五、2的倍数：two four six eight ten twelve
3的倍数：three six nine twelve
第二课时
一、1. It’s nine o’clock. 2. It’s four o’clock. 3. It’s eleven o’clock. 4. It’s seven o’clock.
(1. B 2. A 3. B 4. B)
二、1. C 2. B 3. B 4. C 5. A 6. A
三、1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
四、1. F two three five six 2. H four nine eight seven 3. J seven one five nine
第三课时
一、1. It’s time for bed. 2. It’s time to meet. 3. Breakfast is ready. 4. What are these?
5. Here’s your bag. 6. It’s twelve o’clock now.
(1. A 2. B 3. A 4. A 5. B 6. B)
二、1. What time is it? 2. 到上课的时间了。 3. It’s ten o’clock. 4. 快点。 5. It’s time for dinner. 6. 午饭准备好了。 7. That’s my bag. 8. 现在七点了。 9. I’m eleven. 10. 给你包。
三、1. C 2. F 3. D A 4. E B
四、略
Test for Unit 5 ~ Unit 6

一、1. A: What time is it? B: It’s eight o’clock. 2. A: What time is it? B: It’s ten o’clock. 3. A: What time is it? B: It’s twelve o’clock. 4. A: What time is it? B: It’s six o’clock. 5. It’s three six eight. 6. It’s four two seven.
(1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. )
二、1. It’s time for the cake. 2. It’s time for dinner. 3. It’s time for breakfast. 4. It’s time for class. 5. It’s time for bed. 6. It’s time for lunch.
(3 5 4 2 1 6)
三、1. Hurry up! 2. milk and cake 3. I’m four. 4. It’s time for lunch. 5. It’s time to meet.
6. It’s twelve o’clock.
(1. B 2. A 3. A 4. B 5. B 6. B)
四、eat seven eight ten desk(连线略)
五、1. C 2. B 3. A 4. B 5. B 6. C
六、1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
七、1. two 2. ten 3. three 4. eight 5. twelve 6. four
八、1. How old are you? 2. That’s my bag. 3. It’s time for lunch. 4. What a nice jacket!
九、1. 2 1 3 4 2. 2 3 4 1
十、1. B 2. C 3. F 4. H 5. D 6. A 7. G 8. E
Unit 7 On the farm

第一课时
一、1. They are pigs. 2. They are oranges. 3. They are ducks. 4. They are chickens. 5. They are cows. 6. They are pears.
(5 4 3 1 2 6)
二、1. duck 2. pig 3. cow 4. apple 5. pear 6. orange
三、1. B C 2. A C 3. A B 4. A B 5. B C
四、1. 3 2 4 1 2. 2 3 1 4
第二课时
一、1. A: What are these? B: They are pigs. 2. A: What are those? B: They are pears. 3. A: What’s that? B: It’s a cow. 4. A: What are these? B: They’re chickens. 5. A: What are those? B: They are apples. 6. A: What are these? B: They are dogs.
(1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. )
二、1. E 2. A 3. D 4. C 5. F 6. B
三、1. Yes, it is. 2. It’s an orange. 3. They’re chickens.
四、1. apples 2. pears 3. pigs 4. a cow 5. ducks 6. chickens
第三课时
一、1. A: What are these? B: They are chickens. 2. A: What’s that? B: It’s an apple.
3. A: What’s this? B: It’s a cow. 4. A: What are these? B: They’re ducks.
(1. B 2. A 3. B 4. A)
二、1. B 2. C 3. A 4. D 5. E 6. F
三、1. B 2. C 3. B 4. A
Unit 8 We’re twins！

第一课时
一、1. I’m Su Yang. She’s Su Hai. We’re twins. 2. A: Who’s he? B: He’s my grandpa. 3. A: Who’s she? B: She’s my sister. 4. A: Who’s the boy? B: He’s my brother. 5. A: Who’s the man? B: He’s my uncle. 6. A: Who’s the woman? B: She’s my aunt.
(2 5 4 3 6 1)
二、mother ice-cream man dinner nine（连线略）
三、2 3 4 1
四、1. This is me 2. He’s my brother 3. Who’s, girl 4. Is he, father
第二课时
一、1. Who’s she? 2. uncle and brother 3. It’s ten o’clock. 4. What’s that under the tree?
5. What’s your name? 6. This is my uncle.
(1. B 2. A 3. B 4. B 5. C 6. A)
二、1. baby 2. man/uncle/father 3. apple 4. girl/sister
三、1. boy, brother 2. woman, aunt 3. Who’s, father
四、1. bed 2. boy 3. ten, eight 4. nice
第三课时
一、1. Is this your father? 2. Who’s that little boy? 3. What’s that under the chair? 4. Is that a cow behind the tree? 5. What’s this? 6. Who’s this?
(1. A 2. B 3. B 4. C 5. C 6. A)
二、1. C 2. B 3. A 4. C 5. A 6. B
三、1. They’re → It’s/an apple → apples 2. a → an 3. She’s → He’s/uncle → aunt 4. girl后加“,” 5. woman → man/Mr → Miss 6. boy前加“a”
四、1. girl, sister 2. man, uncle 3. baby, cousin
五、2 4 5 1 3 6/2 4 3 6 5 1
Test for Unit 7 ~ Unit 8

一、1. This is my sister. 2. A: Is this your grandma? B: Yes, she is. 3. A: Look at the oranges.
B: How nice! 4. A: Are those chickens? B: Yes, they are. 5. A: What’s that? B: It’s a cow.
(1. A 2. B 3. B 4. A 5. A)
二、1. an apple 2. a pie 3. my aunt 4. He’s my cousin. 5. They are chickens.
(1. A 2. B 3. C 4. C 5. A)
三、1. Who’s she? 2. He’s my cousin. 3. She isn’t my aunt. 4. Are those ducks, too?
5. What’s that on the pencil case?
(1. B 2.A 3. B 4. A 5. B)
四、1. boy, He 2. girl 3. twins 4. baby 5. What, pigs 6. Who, She
五、girl boy pear baby duck(连线略)
六、1. No, it’s a chicken. 2. It is a duck. 3. Mum, this is Mike. 4. She is my sister.
七、1. 2. 3. 4.
八、1. C 2. BC 3. AB 4. A 5. A 6. AB
九、1. 1 4 2 3 2. 2 3 1 4 6 5
十、1. A 2. B 3. A 4. A 5. B 6. B
Project 2 A magic clock

第一课时
一、1. cream from farm 2. pigs ducks cows 3. aunt uncle cousin 4. this that those 5. Nick book cake 6. where who what
(l. 3 1 2 2. 1 3 2 3. 3 2 1 4. 1 2 3 5. 2 1 3 6. 2 3 1)
二、1. 2. 3. 4.
三、1. chicken, it is 2. No, it isn’t 3. apples, they are 4. No, pears
四、1. time 2. What 3. How 4. Who 5. Where’s
五、4的倍数：four eight twelve 5的倍数：five ten
第二课时
一、1. This is for you. 2. This is my uncle. 3. These are oranges. 4. It’s time for lunch.
5. It’s three o’clock. 6. They are pears. (5 2 4 1 3 6)
二、1. five 2. eleven 3. baby 4. woman 5. chicken 6. orange(答案略)
三、1. an 2. a 3. a 4. an 5. a 6. an 7. a 8. an
四、1. How old, I’m 2. What’s 3. Where’s, on, chair 4. This, doll
五、1. A 2. B 3. C 4. A 5. C 6. B
六、略
第三课时
一、1. Look at those pears in the tree. 2. It’s eleven. It’s time for lunch. 3. Mike has a pen. Nancy has a book. 4. His cat and mouse are small. 5. Sam is nine. Bobby is eight.
6. A: Who’s that beautiful girl? B: She’s Tina.
(l. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. )
二、1. up 2. open 3. here 4. he, boy 5. woman 6. mother 7. those 8. that
三、1. F 2. D 3. C 4. B 5. A 6. E
四、sister brother father mother grandpa grandma
五、略
Final Exam I

一、1. It’s an ice-cream. 2. It’s a crayon. 3. Open the window. 4. This is an English book. 5. He’s my uncle.
(1. B 2. C 3. B 4. B 5. A)
二、1. This toy car is for Liu Tao. 2. A: Where’s the bird? B: It’s in the apple tree. 3. A: Where’s my ruler? B: It’s in the schoolbag. 4. A: Where’s my schoolbag? B: It’s on the desk. 5. A: Where’s Yang Ling? B: She’s in the library. 6. A: How old are you, little baby? B: I’m two. (答案略)
三、1. Is that your brother? 2. How old is he? 3. I’m sorry. 4. Mike is in the library.
5. What’s that behind the tree? 6. It’s time for lunch.
(1. B 2. B 3. A 4. B 5. A 6. A)
四、l. apple 2. pears 3. orange 4. chicken 5. eleven 6. twelve
五、1. C 2. A 3. B 4. E 5. D
六、l. A 2. B 3. C 4. AC
七、l. A J S 2. B F O W 3. C G K R 4. D H P X 5. E I L T 6. M N V 7. Q U
八、1. a bird 2. seven, dinner/supper 3. these, They’re apples 4. those, They’re pears
九、1. talk 2. cake, please, for, Thank 3. me, my, His
十、1. 2. 3. 4.
十一、1. C 2. A 3. B 4. A
十二、1. you → your 2. to → for 3. a → an 4. pig → pigs 5. aunt → uncle/He’s → She’s 6. car后加“is” 7. mike → Mike 8. what → What
十三、1. Yes, it is. 2. Please listen to Miss Li./Listen to Miss Li, please. 3. It’s a crayon.
4. It’s two o’clock. 5. 略

Final Exam I
I
一、1. run 2. rubber 3. breakfast 4. bird 5. window 6. dinner 7. pencil case 8. shout ((5) window (4) bird (2) rubber (7) pencil case (1) run (6) dinner (3) breakfast (8) shout)
二、1. Look at the baby. 2. It’s time for breakfast, Nancy. 3. How old is your brother? 4. This is for you. 5. Who’s the man? 6. Where’s the little bird?
(3 1 4 6 5 2)
三、1. This is my cousin, John. 2. Nice to meet you, Mike. 3. Wele to my farm. 4. She’s my sister. She’s ten. 5. Are these robots? 6. What a beautiful parrot!
(1. D 2. S 3. S 4. D 5. D 6. S)
四、chair window door blackboard chicken duck desk baby(连线略)
五、l. B 2. AC 3. C 4. B 5. ABC 6. C
六、1. 2. 3. 4.
七、1. sister 2. close 3. class 4. Are, am 5. girl, Tina, ten
八、l. F 2. B 3. C 4. A 5. E 6. D
九、1. G 2. C 3. B 4. A 5. F 6. I 7. H 8. D 9. E
十、1. A D B C 2. D A C B E/D B E C A
十一、1. B D 2. E G 3. C A 4. F H

网友回答

小学英语《练习与测试》听力材料和参考答案（译林版三上）
　　Unit 1　Hello!
　　第一课时
　　一、 1. A: Good morning.
　　B: Good morning.
　　2. A: Hello，Miss Li.
　　B: Hello，Mike.
　　3. A: Good afternoon，class.
　　B: Good afternoon，Miss Li.
　　(1. B　2. A　3. B)
　　二、 1. A: Good morning，Miss Li.
　　B: Good morning，Helen.　
　　2. A: Good afternoon，Mike.
　　B: Good afternoon.
　　3. A: Hello，Miss Li.
　　B: Hello，Yang Ling.
　　4. A: Hi，Wang Bing and Su Hai！
　　B: Hi！
　　(1. 2.3. 4.)
　　三、 1. A　2. B　3. A　4. B
　　四、 1. B　2. A　3. D　4. C
　　第二课时
　　一、 1. Hi，I’m Liu Tao.
　　2. Good aftemoon，Yang Ling.
　　3. Hello，Miss Li.
　　4. My name is Helen.
　　(1. A　2. B　3. B　4. A)
　　二、 1. Bb　2. Aa　3. Dd　4. Cc
　　（）
　　三、 1. ABC　2. CD　3. BBC　4. CBA
　　四、 1. √　2. ×　3. √　4. √
　　五、 1. B　2. A　3. C　4. B
　　第三课时
　　一、 1. Good moming，Miss Li.
　　2. Hi，I’m Nancy.
　　3. A: May I know your name？
　　B: My name is Bobby.
　　(1. A　2. B　3. A)
　　二、 1. Good morning.
　　2. I’m Bobby.
　　3. Hi，I’m Miss Li.
　　4. Good afternoon.
　　5. Hello！My name is Mike.
　　6. Hi，I’m Sam.
　　(2 3 6 4 5 1)
　　三、
　　四、 1. B　2. B　3. A　4. B
　　五、 1. B　2. B
　　六、 1. C　2. A　3. C　4. B
　　Unit 2　I’m Liu Tao
　　第一课时
　　一、 1. A: Hi，I’m Peter. May I know your name？
　　B: Hi，I’m Liu Tao.
　　2. A: Hello. Are you Su Hai？
　　B: Yes，I am.
　　3. A: Hi. Are you Mike？
　　B: No，I’m not. I’m Wang Bing.
　　(1. A　2. B　3. B)
　　二、 1. A: Are you Su Yang？
　　B: No，I’m Yang Ling.
　　2. A: Are you Miss Zhang？
　　B: No，I’m Miss Li.
　　3. Hello，I’m Mike.
　　4. A: Are you Liu Tao？
　　B: Yes，I am.
　　5. Hi，I’m Su Hai.
　　(2 1 5 3 4)
　　三、 1. C　2. E　3. A　4. B　5. D
　　四、 1. B　2. A　3. A
　　五、 1. 1 3 2/3 2 1　2. 3 1 2
　　第二课时
　　一、 1. A: Hi. Are you Su Hai？
　　B: Yes，I am.
　　2. A: Hello. Are you Miss Li？
　　B: No，I’m not.
　　3. Hi. I’m not David. I’m Mike.
　　4. Good morning，Alice！
　　5. Hello，I’m Sam.
　　6. A: Who are you？
　　B: I’m Liu Tao.
　　(1. 2. 3. 　4. 　5. 　6. )
　　二、 1. Good aftemoon.
　　2. Goodbye.
　　3. Hello，I’m Wang Bing.
　　4. Are you Yang Ling？
　　5. No，I’m not Lin Hai.
　　(1. C　2. A　3. B　4. A　5. C)
　　三、 1. F　2. g　3. b　4. D　5. a　6. E
　　四、 D C B A
　　五、 1. D　2. F　3. A　4. E　5. C　6. B
　　第三课时
　　一、 1. Good aftemoon.
　　2. Hello，Miss Gao.
　　3. No，I’m Lingling.
　　4. Goodbye，Jack！
　　5. Good morning，Su Yang！
　　6. Yes，you are right.
　　(1. √　2. ×　3. √　4. ×　5. ×　6. ×)
　　二、 1. E　2. D　3. f　4. a　5. G　6. C
　　(答案略)
　　三、 1. Good morning，Miss Li.
　　2. Hello，Liu Tao.
　　3. Goodbye，Mike.
　　4. Are you Bobby？
　　(1. A　2. C　3. A　4. B)
　　四、 1. B　2. D　3. E　4. C　5. A
　　五、
　　六、 1. D　2. C　3. A　4. E　5. B
　　Test for Unit 1～Unit 2
　　一、 1. Good morning.
　　2. Good afternoon.
　　3. Hello，I’m Liu Tao.
　　4. Hi，I’m Su Hai.
　　5. My name is Bobby.
　　6. A: Are you John？
　　B: No，I’m Sam.
　　7. Goodbye！
　　8. I’m not Miss Wang. I’m Miss Li.
　　(3 5 8 1 7 4 2 6)
　　二、 1. FGE　2. Bobby　3. afternoon
　　4. not　5. goodbye　6. Hello，I’m Mike.
　　(1. B　2. A　3. C　4. B　5. C　6. B)
　　三、 1. Good morning.
　　2. Are you Gao Shan？
　　3. Good aftemoon，class.
　　4. Goodbye，David！
　　5. Hi，I’m Moe.
　　6. Hello，Liu Tao！
　　(5 1 2 6 4 3)
　　四、 1. Good aftemoon.
　　2. Hello，Wang Bing.
　　3. Hi. Are you Yang Ling？
　　4. See you，Meimei.
　　5. No. I’m Su Hai.
　　6. Good moming，Miss Li. My name is Mike.
　　(1. T　2. F　3. T　4. T　5. F　6. T)
　　五、 略
　　六、 1. b　d 2. D　F 3. E　G 4. a　c
　　七、 1. A 2. C　3. B　4. A 5. C
　　八、 1. 刘小姐/刘女士
　　2. 下午好。
　　3. 英国广播公司
　　4. 基础知识
　　5. 光盘
　　6. 再见！
　　7. 不，我不是。
　　8. 你对了。
　　九、 1. AB　2. AC　3. C　4. B　5. A
　　十、 1. √　2. √　3. ×　4. √　5. √
　　十一、 1. C　2. A　3. B　4. E　5. D　6. F
　　Unit 3　My friends
　　第一课时
　　一、 1. A: Are you Yang Ling？
　　B: No，I’m Su Hai. She is Yang Ling.
　　2. A: Goodbye，Wang Bing.
　　B: Goodbye. Miss Li.
　　3. Hi，Mike. This is my friend. He’s Liu Tao.
　　(答案略)
　　二、 1. Goodbye.
　　2. Hello.
　　3. Good morning.
　　4. Hello. This is Wang Bing.
　　5. This is Mike.
　　6. Are you Liu Tao？
　　(1. 　2. 　3. 　4. 　5. 　6. )
　　三、 1. She　2. He　3. He　4. He　5. She　6. She
　　四、 1. AB　2. B　3. A
　　五、 1. B　2. C　3. B
　　第二课时
　　一、 1. She’s Helen.
　　2. Good afternoon，Tina.
　　3. She’s my friend too.
　　4. Hello，Helen. He is Liu Tao.
　　5. No，I’m Tina.
　　(1. A　2. C　3. C　4. B　5. B)
　　二、 1. B E K H　2. f c j i　3. a g d b
　　(1. 3 1 2 4　2. 4 2 3 1　3. 4 3 2 1)
　　三、 1. B　2. A　3. C
　　四、 1. E A　2. C D B
　　五、 1. C　2. B　3. B　4. A　5. C
　　六、 1. √　2. √　3. √　4. ×　5. √　6. ×　7. ×
　　第三课时
　　一、 1. Goodbye.
　　2. Are you Jim？
　　3. Who is she？
　　(1. C　2. A　3. B)
　　二、 1. Hi，I’m Gao Shan.
　　2. This is my sister，Lucy.
　　3. I’m not Liu Tao.
　　4. He’s David’s friend.
　　(1. Hi　2. my　3. not　4. He’s)
　　三、 1. Good morning.
　　2. She’s Miss Li.
　　3. Goodbye，class.
　　4. He’s my friend.
　　5. No，I’m not Mike.
　　(1. B　2. A　3. C　4. B　5. A)
　　四、 1. Jj Kk　2. Gg Hh　3. Cc Dd
　　五、 1. D　千克　2. A　身份证　3. B　肯德基　4. C　香港
　　六、 1. ②①③④　2. ②③④①⑤　3. ③②④⑤①⑥
　　Unit 4　My family
　　第一课时
　　一、 1. Hello，I’m Helen.
　　2. Good morning，Nancy. This is Tim.
　　3. This is Mike’s mother.
　　4. He’s my grandpa.
　　(1. B　2. A　3. A　4. B)
　　二、 1. Good morning.
　　2. Are you Wang Bing？
　　3. Goodbye.
　　4. This is my grandpa.
　　5. Good afternoon.
　　6. He’s my friend，David.
　　7. Hi，I’m Su Hai.
　　8. Good evening.
　　(5 2 8 1 7 3 4 6)
　　三、 1. A　2. B　3. A
　　四、 1. B　2. A　3. C　4. B　5. C　6. C
　　五、 略
　　第二 课时
　　一、 1. A: Who’s he，Mike？
　　B: He’s my father.
　　2. This is Wang Bing’s grandpa.
　　3. A: Hi，I’m Liu Tao.
　　B: Hi，I’m Helen.
　　4. Hello，I’m Sam. She is my mother.
　　(1. √　2. ×　3. ×　4. ×)
　　二、 1. This is my mother.
　　2. She’s my sister.
　　3. He’s my father.
　　4. Good evening，Sam.
　　5. Hello，John.
　　6. Goodbye，Miss Li.
　　7. This is my family.
　　(1. D　2. D　3. S　4. S　5. D　6. D　7. S)
　　三、 1. Bb　Cc　2. Hh　Ii　3. Ll　Mm　4. Dd　Ee
　　四、 1. C　2. C　3. B　4. B
　　五、 1. E　2. D　3. F　4. A　5. C　6. B　7. G
　　六、 略
　　第三课时
　　一、 1. She is my mother.
　　2. This is my family.
　　3. Good evening.
　　4. Who’s she？
　　5. I have a brother and a sister.
　　(1. B　2. A　3. B　4. A　5. A)
　　二、 1. J　2. fl　3. Ng　4. BBC　5. HDK　6. MBA
　　(1. B　2. B　3. B　4. A　5. A　6. A)
　　三、
　　四、 1. B　2. A　3. D　4. C
　　五、 1. √　2. √　3. ×　4. ×　5. √　6. ×　7. √
　　六、 1. √　2. ×　3. √　4. ×
　　七、 1. √　2. ×　3. ×　4. √　5. √　6. ×
　　八、 C B E D A
　　Test for Unit 3～Unit 4
　　一、 1. Good evening，Mr Yang.
　　2. Hello，Mr Gao. This is my sister.
　　3. I’m Mike’s mother.
　　4. This is Mike’s grandpa.
　　5. Goodbye，Su Hai.
　　6. He’s Liu Tao. He’s my friend.
　　(1. B　2. A　3. B　4. A　5. B　6. B)
　　二、 1. Hi. This is my grandpa.
　　2. Good morning，Liu Tao.
　　3. She’s Yang Ling. She’s my friend.
　　4. This is Sam.
　　(1. 2. 　3. 4. )
　　三、 1. He’s my good friend.
　　2. Good evening.
　　3. Goodbye！
　　4. This is my grandma.
　　5. This is me.
　　6. This is my family.
　　(4 2 1 6 3 5)
　　四、 1. Goodbye，Mike.
　　2. This is Sam.
　　3. Are you Su Hai？
　　4. Good evening，Grandma.
　　(1. A　2. B　3. C　4. C)
　　五、 1. E　2. B　3. A　4. C　5. D 　6. F
　　六、 1. √　2. ×　3. ×　4. ×　5. ×　6. √　7. ×　8. ×
　　七、 1. D　2. E　3. B　4. A　5. C
　　八、 1. B　2. C　3. B　4. B　5. A　6. B　7. C　8. B　9. B　10. B
　　九、 1. 晚上好。
　　2. 他是我的朋友。
　　3. 她不是李小姐。/她不是李女士。
　　4. 这是我的家人。
　　十、 1. C　2. A/C　3. C　4. C　5. A
　　十一、 1. A　2. B　3. B　4. C
　　Project 1　My family and friends
　　第一课时
　　一、 Hello！I’m Mike. This is my grandpa. This is my grandma. This is my father. This is my mother. This is Tim. He’s my brother. This is Helen. She’s my sister. I love my family.
　　(6 2 4 3 7 5 1)
　　二、 1. D　2. B　3. A　4. C
　　三、 C D A B
　　四、 略
　　第二课时
　　一、 1. Good aftemoon.
　　2. This is my sister，Helen.
　　3. Hello，I’m Liu Tao.
　　4. A: Good aftemoon，LiuTao.
　　B: Good aftemoon，Miss Li.
　　5. Hello，I’m Yang Ling.
　　6. Good evening.
　　(1. 　2. 　3. 　4. 　5. 　6. )
　　二、 1. √　2. ×　3. ×　4. √　5. ×　6. √　7. ×　8. √　9. √
　　三、 1. B　2. A　3. D　4. C
　　四、 1. E　2. A　3. C　4. D　5. B
　　第三课时
　　一、 1. Hello，I’m Helen.
　　2. She’s my friend.
　　3. He’s my brother.
　　4. He’s not my grandpa.
　　5. This is my family. This is me.
　　(1. C　2. A　3. B　4. C　5. C)
　　二、 1. C　2. B　3. A　4. C　5. B　6. C
　　三、 1. B F G I J K L M　2. c d e h i k m n
　　四、 1. B　2. B　3. A　4. C　5. A
　　五、 1. E　2. F　3. D　4. A　5. B　6. C
　　Unit 5　Look at me!
　　第一课时
　　一、 1. a T-shirt　2. a cap　3. a skirt　4. a jacket
　　(4 2 1 3)
　　二、 1. Look at my skirt.
　　2. This is a nice cap.
　　3. It’s not Tim’s jacket.
　　(1. A　2. B　3. B)
　　三、 1. cap　2. skirt　3. T-shirt　4. jacket
　　四、 B C A E D
　　五、 1. B　2. D　3. A　4. E　5. C
　　第二课时
　　一、 1. This is my skirt.
　　2. What colour is your cap？
　　3. Helen’s clothes are great.
　　4. This is not a new T-shirt.
　　(1. B　2. A　3. A　4. B)
　　二、 1. Look，this is Mike’s cap.
　　2. This is Wang Bing’s T-shirt.
　　3. Su Hai’s jacket is great.
　　4. Yang Ling has a new skirt.
　　(1. C　2. A　3. D　4. B)
　　三、 1. C　2. D　3. A　4. B
　　四、 1. A　2. B　3. B　4. A　5. B　6. B
　　五、 1. C　2. A　3. C 4. B　5. C
　　第三课时
　　一、 1. A: Look at Mike’s jacket.
　　B: It’s nice.
　　2. A: Hello，Mr Li. This is my new jacket.
　　B: How nice！
　　3. A: Hi，Liu Tao. You look nice in this T-shirt.
　　B: Thank you.
　　4. Tom’s cap is nice. I like it.
　　(1. 　2. 　3. 　4. )
　　二、 1. QO　2. pq　3. FL　4. JK　5. kep　6. CGOD
　　(1. B　2. A　3. C　4. B　5. A　6. A)
　　三、 1. Oo Qq　2. Hh Jj　3. Mm Oo　4. Ff Hh
　　四、 1. ②①③④⑤　2. ③④②①⑤　3. ①③④②⑤⑥
　　五、 1. C　2. A　3. D　4. E　5. B
　　六、 1. A　2. A
　　七、 1. 4 3 1 5 2/4 3 2 5 1　2. 3 5 2 6 4 1
　　Unit 6　Colours
　　第一课时
　　一、 1. This is a yellow T-shirt.
　　2. This is an orange jacket.
　　3. This is a black cap.
　　4. This is a green skirt.
　　(连线略)
　　二、
　　三、 1. A　2. A　3. A　4. A
　　四、 1. B　2. A　3. C　4. B
　　第二课时
　　一、 1. Colour it green.
　　2. Colour it brown.
　　3. Colour it orange.
　　4. Colour it blue.
　　5. Colour it black.
　　6. Colour it red.
　　7. Colour it yellow.
　　(1. green 2. brown 3. orange 4. blue 5. black 6. red 7. yellow)
　　二、 1. r　2. T　3. Q　4. s　5. L　6. n
　　三、 1. blue　2. orange　3. yellow
　　四、 1. e　红色的　2. i　白色的　3. e　黄色的 4. w　棕色的
　　5. l　蓝色的 6. r　绿色的　7. g　鸡蛋 8. c　黑色的
　　五、 1. 看看我的夹克。它是新的。
　　2. 我的T恤衫是绿色和白色的。
　　3. 这件短裙现在是什么颜色？
　　4. 你想要一个橘黄色的鸡蛋吗？
　　5. 今天谁穿的黄色衣服？
　　六、 1. D　2. B　3. C　4. A
　　第三课时
　　一、 1. What colour is your skirt？
　　2. It’s an orange T-shirt.
　　3. Look at my jacket.
　　4. Who’s wearing yellow today？
　　5. Colour this cap black.
　　6. Look，this is a nice jacket.
　　(6 2 1 4 3 5)
　　二、 1. RTQS　2. rlmo　3. jkqp
　　(1. 4 3 2 1　2. 3 2 1 4　3. 2 1 4 3)
　　三、 1. B　2. C　3. C　4. A　5. C　6. B
　　四、 1. fgh　2. GHI　3. nop　4. KLN　5. hnq
　　6. JLR　7. cot　8. EGQ　9. rst　10. bfq
　　五、 1. ×　2. √　3. √　4. ×　5. √
　　Test for Unit 5 ～ Unit 6
　　一、 1. this green jacket
　　2. Yang Ling’s yellow skirt
　　3. The letter S is red.
　　4. The letter R is black.
　　5. The lettef T is white.
　　6. Mike’s blue T-shirt
　　7. a brown egg
　　8. Tim’s orange cap？
　　(1. F　2. C　3. A　4. H　5. B　6. E　7. D　8. G)
　　二、 1. R　2. E　3. s　4. H　5. l　6. g
　　(1. C　2. B　3. B　4. B　5. A　6. C)
　　三、 1. This is my skirt.
　　2. This cap is nice.
　　3. He looks great in black.
　　4. Would you like it？
　　5. This is not a skirt.
　　(1. A　2. B　3. C　4. B　5. B)
　　四、 1. Look at my new cap.
　　2. She looks great.
　　3. Would you like a red egg？
　　(1. B　2. A　3. C)
　　五、 1. C　2. A　3. C　4. C　5. B　6. C
　　六、 1. Oo Qq　2. Ll Nn　3. Jj Ll　4. Rr Tt
　　七、 1. cap　2. skirt　3. T-shirt　4. jacket
　　八、 1. A　2. C　3. C　4. B
　　九、 1. C　2. A　3. B　4. A　5. C
　　十、 1. D　2. F　3. A　4. E　5. B　6. C
　　十一、 1. B　2. A　3. B　4. A
　　十二、 B C A E D
　　Unit 7　Would you like a pie?
　　第一课时
　　一、 1. a hot dog　2. a pie　3. a sweet
　　4. an egg　5. a cake　6. an ice cream
　　(2 6 3 1 5 4)
　　二、 1. cake　2. sweet　3. pie　4. egg
　　三、 1. It’s　2. She’s　3. What’s　4. I’m　5. He’s
　　四、 1. D　2. B　3. A　4. C　5. E
　　五、 1. B A C　2. C B A
　　第二课时
　　一、 1. A: Would you like an egg，Wang Bing？
　　B: Yes，please.
　　2. A: What’s this，Mike？
　　B: It’s a pie.
　　3. A: Look at Tim’s ice cream.
　　B: It’s nice.
　　4. A: Would you like a cake or a sweet，Yang Ling？
　　B: A cake，please.
　　(1. √　2. ×　3. √　4. ×)
　　二、 1. How about a sweet？
　　2. Would you like a pie？
　　3. This is my friend，Gao Shan.　
　　4. I’d like an egg.
　　5. Look at this green skirt.
　　6. This T-shirt is great.
　　(1. D　2. S　3. S　4. D　5. D　6. S)
　　三、 1. C　2. D　3. B　4. A
　　四、 1. D　2. E　3. B　4. A　5. C
　　五、 1. B　2. AB　3. BC　4. C
　　第三课时
　　一、 1. Would you like a cake？
　　2. What’s this？
　　3. This is Liu Tao.
　　(1. B　2. A　3. C)
　　二、 1. Would you like an egg？
　　2. This is my new friend，Lucy.
　　3. It’s not a blue skirt.
　　4. This nice ice cream is for me.
　　(答案略)
　　三、 1. F　2. C　3. E　4. H　5. I　6. B　7. D　8. A　9. G
　　四、 Aa Ee Ii Oo Uu
　　五、 1. ②③①④　2. ④②①⑤③⑥　3. ③①⑤④②⑥　4. ④⑥②③①⑤⑦
　　六、 G C H F A E B D
　　Unit 8　Happy New Year!
　　第一课时
　　一、 1. a ball　2. a doll　3. a CD　4. a cap　5. a car　6. a robot
　　(5 1 3 4 6 2)
　　二、 1. This doll is for you.　2. I can see a red egg.　3. That is Joe’s jacket.
　　(1. A　2. A　3. B)
　　三、 1. B　2. A　3. C　4. C　5. C
　　四、 1. B　2. A　3. C
　　五、 1. B　2. B　3. B
　　第二课时
　　一、 1. A: Happy Birthday！
　　B: Thank you.
　　2. A: This robot is for you，Mike.
　　B: Thanks，Dad.
　　3. A: What’s that？
　　B: It’s a C










D.
　　4. A: Would youlike a doll？
　　B: Yes.
　　(1. 　2. 　3. 4. )
　　二、 1. Happy New Year！
　　2. This cake is for you.
　　3. What is this？
　　4. Would you like a doll？
　　5. It’s my brother’s toy car.
　　(1. A　2. B　3. B　4. A　5. B)
　　三、 Hh Jj Kk
　　Bb Cc Dd Gg Pp Tt Vv
　　Yy
　　Qq Ww
　　Ll Mm Nn Ss Xx Zz
　　四、 1. D　2. C　3. A　4. E　5. B
　　五、 1. D　2. F　3. B　4. C　5. A　6. E
　　第三课时
　　一、 1. a ball　2. a car　3. a robot
　　(1. B　2. B　3. A)
　　二、 1. X　2. I　3. r　4. m　5. J　6. F
　　(答案略)
　　三、 1. Xx Yy　2. Tt Uu　3. Pp Qq　4. Ll Mm
　　四、 1. ②③①④　2.⑤③④①②⑥⑦　3. ①③⑤④②⑥/ ④②⑤①③⑥
　　五、 B D C A
　　六、 1. ×　2. √　3. √　4. ×　5. √
　　Test for Unit 7～Unit 8
　　一、 1. A: Would you like a hot dog？
　　B: Yes，please.
　　2. This ball is for my brother.
　　3. Happy Birthday！
　　(1. B　2. A　3. B)
　　二、 1. A: Would you like a pie？
　　B: Yes，please.
　　2. A: Hi，Yang Ling. This is my sister，Helen.
　　B: Nice to meet you，Helen.
　　3. A: Happy New Year！
　　B: Happy New Year！
　　4. A: What’s this？
　　B: It’s an ice cream.
　　(1. 　2. 　3. 　4. )
　　三、 1. S
　　2. PQ
　　3. VOA
　　4. brown
　　5. for Tom
　　6. What’s this？
　　7. No，thank you.
　　8. What about an egg？
　　9. I can see a jacket.
　　(1. B　2. C　3. A　4. B　5. C　6. A　7. C　8. B　9. C)
　　四、 1. He’s my good friend.
　　2. What about this red skirt？
　　3. Would you like a toy car？
　　4. Happy Birthday！
　　5. This ball is for me.
　　6. Nice to meet you.
　　7. I can see a nice doll.
　　(3 6 1 5 4 7 2)
　　五、 1. sweet　2. doll　3. car　4. cake
　　六、 1. ×　2. √　3. ×　4. ×　5. ×　6. √　7. √　8. ×　9. ×　10. ×
　　七、 1. 一个冰激凌
　　2. 看
　　3. 给你
　　4. 一个热狗
　　5. 我能看见
　　6. 新年快乐！
　　八、 1. ×　2. √　3. √　4. ×
　　九、 1. A　2. BC　3. C　4. A
　　十、 1. 5 1 3 2 4　2. 3 4 2 6 5 1
　　十一、 1. C　2. E　3. D 4. F A　5. B
　　十二、 1. √　2. ×　3. √　4. ×
　　Project 2　A puppet show
　　第一课时
　　一、 1. Hi！I’m Mike. Look at my jacket. It’s blue.
　　2. Hello！I’m Wang Bing. Look at my cap. It’s red.
　　3. Hi！I’m Su Hai. Look at my skirt. It’s nice.
　　4. Hello！I’m Yang Ling. Look at my T-shirt. It’s new.
　　(连线略)
　　二、
　　三、 1. E　2. F　3. A　4. G　5. H　6. D　7. B　8. C
　　四、 1. an　2. a　3. a　4. an　5. a　6. an
　　五、 略
　　第二课时
　　一、 1. Goodbye，Wang Bing.
　　2. Good afternoon.
　　3. Hello，Mike.
　　4. Happy Birthday！
　　5. This is Helen.
　　6. What colour is that cap？
　　(1. B　2. A　3. B　4. A　5. A　6. A)
　　二、 ice cream：C E L
　　doll：D H M
　　yellow：F G K
　　skirt：J N O
　　sister：A B I
　　三、 1. B V T C P D　2. h j k　3. Q W
　　四、 1. C　2. A　3. A　4. A　5. B　6. A　7. C
　　五、 1. C　2. B　3. C　4. C　5. A
　　第三课时
　　一、 1. A: Good morning，Yang Ling.
　　B: Good morning，Miss Li.
　　2. Look at my skirt.
　　3. Would you like an ice cream？
　　4. Liu Tao，this is my friend Yang Ling.
　　5. A: What’s this？
　　B: It’s a doll.
　　(1. A　2. B　3. B　4. B　5. A)
　　二、 1. doll　2. cap　3. ball　4. cake　5. skirt　6. jacket
　　三、 1. 海伦的班级
　　2. 约翰叔叔
　　3. 给你和我。
　　4. 住在一起
　　5. 他们看起来都很棒。
　　6. 新年快乐！
　　7. 今天谁穿了蓝色的衣服？
　　四、 1. B　2. D　3. C　4. A
　　五、 1. ×　2. √　3. × 4. √
　　Final Exam I
　　一、 1. Look，this is a T-shirt.
　　2. Goodbye.
　　3. This is an ice cream.
　　4. This is my family.
　　5. Hello，I’m Liu Tao.
　　6. She’s my sister，Helen.
　　7. This robot is for Tim.
　　8. Good afternoon.
　　(5 3 1 8 4 2 6 7)
　　二、 1. Ee　2. Jj　3. Pp　4. Ww　5. Mm　6. Yy
　　三、 1. Hello，Mingming.
　　2. This T-shirt is great.
　　3. She’s my good friend.
　　4. Would you like a pie？
　　5. Happy New Year！
　　6. What colour is your new jacket？
　　(1. D　2. D　3. S　4. S　5. S　6. D)
　　四、 1. Hello，I’m Wang Bing.
　　2. What’s that？
　　3. This is for you，Mike.
　　4. Look，this is my new cap.
　　5. He looks great.
　　6. Would you like a hot dog？
　　(1. A　2. B　3. B　4. C　5. A　6. B)
　　五、 1. Cc Ee　2. Jj Ll　3. Ss Uu　4. Vv Xx
　　六、 1. C　2. E　3. F　4. H　5. G　6. B　7. D　8. A
　　七、 1. ……怎么样
　　2. 海伦一家
　　3. 我的新朋友
　　4. 你想要一条白色的短裙吗？
　　5. 他不是我的兄弟。
　　八、 1. E　2. C　3. F 4. A　5. B　6. D
　　九、 1. A/C　2. A 3. B　4. B　5. B　6. C
　　十、 1. B　2. B　3. B　4. B　5. C
　　十一、 1. B C A E D　2. B D C A
　　Final Exam II
　　一、 1. A: Good afternoon，Helen.
　　B: Good afternoon，Liu Tao.
　　2. A: Would you like a hot dog？
　　B: Yes，please.
　　3. A: Happy New Year！
　　B: Happy New Year！
　　(1. B　2. A　3. A)
　　二、 1. ABC　2. UN　3. PRC　4. ID　5. USA
　　(5 4 2 1 3)
　　三、 1. R　2. sxc　3. VMP　4. evening　5. uncle　6. blue
　　7. Helen’s clothes are nice.
　　8. Would you like this brown jacket？
　　(1. C　2. A　3. B　4. C　5. A　6. B　7. B　8. C)
　　四、 1. Hello，Gao Shan.
　　2. Your T-shirt is nice.
　　3. Hi. Are you Liu Tao？
　　4. Happy New Year！
　　(1. C　2. A　3. C　4. A)
　　五、
　　六、 1. B　2. A　3. C　4. C　5. C
　　七、 1. A　2. C　3. B　4. B　5. A
　　八、 1. A　2. B　3. B　4. A
　　九、 4 2 6 1 3 5 7
　　十、 1. ×　2. √　3. √　4. ×　5. √　6. √　7. ×　8. √
　　十一、 1. ×　2. √　3. ×　4. ×　5. √